environmental management plan applicant eia consultant

Transcription

Prepared by M/s Udaipur Min-Tech Pvt. Ltd.
STUDY PERIOD-DECEMBER, 2013 TO FEBRUARY – 2014
NON FOREST LAND
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENTENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
FOR
RIVER BED MINING PROJECT OF MINOR MINERAL
ORDINARY SAND (BAJRI)
AT
Rivers, Nallah, Gair Mumkin Nadi in
Tehsil – Pisangan & District – Ajmer,
State - Rajasthan
NAME OF RIVER – SARASWATI RIVER & SAGARMATI RIVER
Purpose – Fresh Grant,
Proposed Production – 11,20,000 TPA
APPLIED LEASE AREA – 163.4503 Hect. PROJECT COST – 66.0 LAC
CATEGORY- ΄A΄
APPLICANT
EIA CONSULTANT
SHRI ARJUN SINGH
M/S UDAIPUR MIN-TECH PVT. LTD.
VILLAGE CHANDUPURA,
NASIBPUR KANNA,
TEHSIL – NAGINA,
206-APEKSHA COMPLEX, SECTOR NO.-11,
HIRAN MAGRI, UDAIPUR-313002 (RAJ.).
PH- 91-294-2489672 (OFF.) Mob. 9414167672
DIST. – BIJNAUR (U.P.)
E mail :- [email protected],
ACCREDITED BY NABET (S. NO. 158) CATEGORY ‘A’ FOR SECTOR 1 & ‘B’
CATEGORY FOR SECTOR 22 & 38
Applicant – Shri Arjun Singh
River Bed Mining of Ordinary Sand (Bajri)
1
CONTENTS
CHAPTER
PARTICULAR
NO.
0
ACCREDITATION CERTIFICATE OF NABET
0
PAGE NO.
3-4
I
COMPLIANCE TO TERM OF REFERENCE
(TOR)
INTRODUCTION
40-50
II
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
51-68
III
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
69-162
IV
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
& MITIGATION MEASURES
5-38
163-183
V
ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
184-185
VI
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
186-191
VII
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
192-199
VIII
PROJECT BENEFITS
200-203
IX
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
204-217
X
SUMMARY & CONCLUSION
218-222
XI
DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED
223-227
-
QUESTIONNAIRE
228-267
-
ANNEXURES
268-412
2
3
Minutes of 86th Accreditation Committee Meeting for Surveillance
Assessment held on August 13, 2014
4
INDEX
S.NO.
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
2.11
2.12
2.13
2.14
2.15
2.16
2.17
2.18
2.19
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
PARTICULAR
CHAPTER - I
INTRODUCTION
PURPOSE OF REPORT
IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT
PROPONENT
BRIEF PROJECT DESCRIPTION
PRODUCTION DETAILS
LOCATION AND COMMUNICATION
OBJECTIVES
OF
ENVIRONMENTAL
MANAGEMENT PLAN
METHODOLOGY FOR EIA
SCOPE OF THE STUDY
TERMS OF REFERENCE
CHAPTER – II
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
NATURE OF THE PROJECT
NEED OF THE PROJECT
LOCATION
PHYSIOGRAPHY
DRAINAGE
DEMAND SUPPLY GAP
DOMESTIC/EXPORT MARKETS
ALTITUDE OF THE AREA
REGIONAL & LOCAL GEOLOGY
ESTIMATION OF RESERVE
YEAR WISE DEVELOPMENT PLAN
METHOD OF MINING
REPLENISHMENT OF THE AREA
EMPLOYMENT GENERATION
WASTE GENERATION
TRANSPORTATION
ANTICIPATED LIFE OF MINE
USE OF MINERALS
UTILITIES AND SITE SERVICES
CHAPTER – III
GENERAL
STUDY AREA AT A GLANCE
TOPOGRAPHY
CLIMATIC CONDITION
PHYSIOGRAPHY
HUMAN SETTLEMENT
HYDROLOGICAL ASPECT
PAGE NO.
40-50
40
41
41
42
44
46
46
47
50
51-68
51
51
51
52
52
52
53
53
54
55
57
59
59
63
63
64
66
66
66
69-162
69
70
72
74
75
77
77
77
5
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.16
METEOROLOGY
AMBIENT AIR QUALITY
NOISE ENVIRONMENT
SOIL ENVIRONMENT
WATER ENVIRONMENT
BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT
LAND ENVIRONMENT
SOCIO – ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT
CHAPTER - IV
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION
MEASURES
4.1
INTRODUCTION
4.2
IMPACT ON TOPOGRAPHY & DRAINAGE
4.3
IMPACT ON CLIMATE
4.5
IMPACT ON AIR ENVIRONMENT
4.6
IMPACT ON NOISE LEVEL
4.7
IMPACT ON HYDROLOGICAL CONDITION
4.8
IMPACT ON WATER QUALITY
4.9
IMPACT ON FLORA & FAUNA
4.10
IMPACT ON LAND ENVIRONMENT
4.11
IMPACT ON SOIL
4.12
IMPACT ON SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT
4.13
DETAILS OF INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES FOR
WORKERS
4.14
STRUCTURED ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT
ACTION PLAN
CHAPTER – V
ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME
5.1
INTRODUCTION
5.2
FACTOR BEHIND THE SELECTION OF PROJECT
SITE
5.3
ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SITE
5.4
FACTOR BEHIND SELECTION OF PROPOSED
TECHNOLOGY
5.5
ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGY
CHAPTER – VI
6.1
INTRODUCTION
6.2
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL
6.3
RESPONSIBILITIES
FOR
ENVIRONMENTAL
MANAGEMENT TEAM
6.4
MONITORING SCHEDULE AND PARAMETERS
6.5
BUDGETARY PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL
MANAGEMENT
CHAPTER –VII
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
7.1
INTRODUCTION
79
83
97
104
108
115
136
141
163-183
163
164
165
166
176
177
178
178
179
181
181
183
183
184-185
184
184
185
185
185
186-191
186
186
188
189
190
192-199
192
6
7.2
7.3
7.4
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
9.7
9.8
9.9
9.10
9.11
9.12
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
PUBLIC CONSULTATION
RISK ASSESSMENT & DMP
SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT, R&R ACTION
PLAN
CHAPTER – VIII
PROJECT BENEFITS
INTRODUCTION
IMPROVEMENTS IN THE SOCIAL
INFRASTRUCTURE
IMPROVEMENTS IN THE PHYSICAL
INFRASTRUCTURE
HEALTH & SAFETY
EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL
OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS
CHAPTER – IX
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
INTRODUCTION
RIVER COURSE ENVIRONMENT
AIR ENVIRONMENT
NOISE ENVIRONMENT
WATER MANAGEMENT
SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT
BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT
PLANTATION DEVELOPMENT
SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH
PUBLIC HEALTH & SAFETY
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL
CHAPTER – X
INTRODUCTION
AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS FOR
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES
DETAILS OF THE PROJECT
IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE
BUDGETARY PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL
MANAGEMENT
GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT
RECOMMENDATION
CHAPTER - XI
DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED
192
196
199
200-203
200
200
201
201
202
203
204-217
204
204
205
206
207
208
208
209
211
213
215
216
218-222
218
218
219
220
220
221
221
223-227
7
LIST OF TABLES
TABLE
NO.
1.1
1.2
1.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
PARTICULAR
PAGE NO.
43
43
47
51
53
53
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
LAND USE PATTERN OF THE AREA
PROJECT DETAILS
DATA GENERATION
LOCATION OF THE PROJECT
COORDINATE OF THE APPLIED LEASE AREA
LENGTH & WIDTH OF THE APPLIED LEASE
AREA
YEAR WISE SEQUENTIAL PLAN
REPLENISHMENT CALCULATION OF THE
APPLIED LEASE AREA
WATER REQUIREMENT
MEAN TEMPERATURE & RELATIVE HUMIDITY
RECORDS FROM IMD STATIONS
MEAN TEMPERATURE & RELATIVE HUMIDITY
RECORDS FROM SITE AREA
LOCATION OF AMBIENT AIR MONITORING
STATIONS
PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINING VARIOUS
AIR QUALITY PARAMETERS
AMBIENT
AIR
QUALITY
(LEVELPM10,
PM2.5,SO2, NOX)
COMPARISON OF AIR MONITORING RESULT
RESULTS OF FREE SILICA IN PM10
LOCATION OF NOISE MONITORING STATION
NOISE LEVEL WITHIN THE STUDY AREA
95
96
98
101
3.11
STANDARDS OF AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL
101
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.16
TRAFFIC DENSITY
EXISTING TRAFFIC SCENARIO & LOS
DURING MINE OPERATION PUCS
MODIFIED TRAFFIC SCENARIO & LOS
SOIL SAMPLING LOCATION IN THE STUDY
AREA
SOIL ANALYSIS RESULTS
GROUND WATER SAMPLING LOCATION
ANALYSIS RESULTS OF GROUND WATER
LIST
OF
SAMPLING
LOCATION
FOR
ECOLOGICAL STUDY
LIST OF PLANT SPECIES IN THE STUDY AREA
102
103
104
104
105
LIST OF MEDICINAL PLANTS IN THE STUDY
AREA
128
2.4
2.5
2.6
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.17
3.18
3.19
3.20
3.21
3.22
58
62
67
70
80
81
83
86
87
108
110
113
117
124
8
3.23
LIST OF MAMMAL SPECIES IN THE STUDY
AREA
LIST OF BIRD SPECIES IN THE STUDY AREA
132
138
10.1
LAND USE PATTERN BASED ON SATELLITE
IMAGES
LAND USE PATTERN OF PRE-OPERATIONAL,
OPERATIONAL PHASE OF CORE ZONE
LIST OF SAMPLING LOCATION FOR SOCIOECONOMIC STUDY
DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE OF THE STUDY AREA
LITERACY DETAILS
DEMOGRAPHIC SUMMARY OF THE STUDY
AREA
MAIN WORKER EMPLOYMENT PATTERN
PREDICTED
AMBIENT
AIR
QUALITY
CONCENTRATION IN OPERATIONAL PHASE
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT MATRIX
COST
OF
ENVIRONMENT
PROTECTION
MEASURES
MINUTES OF PUBLIC HEARING
STAGE WISE PLANTATION PROGRAMME
LIST OF PLANT SPECIES FOR PLANTATION
CSR ACTIVITIES
OCCUPATIONAL
HEALTH
IMPACTS
&
MEASURES
PROJECT DETAILS
10.2
220
10.3
COST
OF
MEASURES
221
3.24
3.26
3.27
3.28
3.29
3.30
3.31
3.32
4.1
4.2
6.1
6.2
7.1
8.1
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
ENVIRONMENT
PROTECTION
133
141
142
146
150
153
153
172
183
190
190
192
202
209
210
212
213
219
9
LIST OF FIGURES
FIG.NO.
2.1
2.2
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.16
3.17
3.18
3.19
3.20
3.21
3.22
3.23
3.24
3.25
3.26
4.1
4.2
PARTICULAR
TRANSPORTATION ROUTE MAP
WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM
PHOTOGRAPH OF RIVER BED AREA
TOPOGRAPHY OF THE STUDY AREA
PHOTOGRAPHS
OF
FIELD
VISIT
BY
EIA
COORDINATOR
DRAINAGE PATTERN OF THE STUDY AREA
WIND ROSE DIAGRAM
SAMPLING LOCATION MAP OF AMBIENT AIR
QUALITY MONITORING
PHOTOGRAPHS OF AMBIENT AIR SAMPLING IN
THE STUDY AREA
NOISE & TRAFFIC DENSITY MONITORING
LOCATION MAP
PHOTOGRAPHS OF NOISE MONITORING IN THE
STUDY AREA
SOIL SAMPLING LOCATION IN THE STUDY AREA
PHOTOGRAPHS OF SOIL SAMPLING IN THE STUDY
AREA
SCHEMATIC
REPRESENTATION
OF
SITE
ELEVATION, ULTIMATE WORKING DEPTH &
GROUND WATER OF BLOCK NO. 1 (SARASWATI
RIVER)
SCHEMATIC
REPRESENTATION
OF
SITE
ELEVATION, ULTIMATE WORKING DEPTH &
GROUND WATER OF BLOCK NO. 2 (SAGARMATI
RIVER)
GROUND WATER SAMPLING LOCATION MAP
PHOTOGRAPHS OF WATER SAMPLING LOCATION
SAMPLING LOCATION FOR ECOLOGICAL STUDY
PHOTOGRAPHS OF PLANT SPECIES OBSERVED IN
THE STUDY AREA
LAND USE PATTERN OF THE STUDY AREA
SATELLITE IMAGE OF THE STUDY AREA
SAMPLING LOCATION FOR SOCIO-ECONOMIC
ENVIRONMENT
PHOTOGRAPHS OF SOCIO ECONOMIC SURVEY IN
THE STUDY AREA
POPULATION DETAILS OF THE STUDY AREA
LITERATE & ILLITERATE POPULATION OF THE
STUDY AREA
SEX RATIO OF THE STUDY AREA
EMPLOYMENT PATTERN OF THE STUDY AREA
MAIN WORKER EMPLOYMENT PATTERN OF THE
STUDY AREA
GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION OF AMBIENT
AIR UALITY IN OPERATIONAL PHASE OF (BLOCK
NO. 1, SARASWATI RIVER) 1 KM FOR PM10
PAGE NO.
65
68
72
73
74
76
82
84
85
99
100
106
107
109
110
111
112
118
119
139
140
143
144
156
157
157
158
158
173
173
10
4.3
4.4
4.5
6.1
NO. 1, SARASWATI RIVER) 10 KM FOR PM10
NO. 2, SAGARMATI RIVER) 1 KM FOR PM10
NO. 2, SAGARMATI RIVER) 10 KM FOR PM10
GROUND
LEVEL
CONCENTRATION
OF
TRANSPORTATION ROUTE IN OPERATIONAL
PHASE IN THE STUDY AREA
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL
ANNEXURE NO.
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
XI
XII
XIII
XIV
174
174
175
187
LIST OF ANNEXURES
PARTICULAR
COPY OF TOR LETTER
COPY OF LETTER OF INTENT
COPY OF KHASRA NUMBER WITH APPLIED AREA
COPY OF JAMABANDI WITH KHASRA MAP
COPY OF APPROVAL LETTER OF MINING PLAN
COPY OF RESULTS OF AIR MONITORING
COPY OF DAY WISE DATA OF AIR MONITORING
COPY OF RESULTS OF FREE SILICA IN PM10
COPY OF RESULTS OF NOISE MONITORING
COPY OF ANALYSIS RESULTS OF SOIL SAMPLES
COPY OF ANALYSIS RESULTS OF GROUND
WATER QUALITY
COPY OF LIST OF FLORA & FAUNA FROM FOREST
DEPARTMENT
COPY OF MINUTES OF PUBLIC HEARING
COPY OF DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT
ENGAGED
LIST OF PLATES
PLATE NO.
1
2
3
4
5
PARTICULAR
LOCATION MAP
KEY PLAN
SURFACE PLAN
GEOLOGICAL PLAN & SECTIONS
LAY OUT PLAN & SECTIONS
11
COMPLIANCE
OF
TERMS OF REFERENCE
12
S N.
1
POINT TO BE CLARIFIED TO THE EXPERT APPRAISAL
COMMITTEE, (EAC), MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT & FORESTS
(MOEF), NEW DELHI AS PER THE APPROVED TOR FOR RIVER BED
MINING PROJECT OF BAJRI OF SHRI ARJUN SINGH, IN
SARASWATI & SAGARMATI RIVER, NALLAH, IN TEHSIL –
PISANGAN OF DISTRICT – AJMER, STATE – RAJASTHAN, APPLIED
LEASE AREA – 163.4503 HECT.
Description as per MOEF
Covered in EIA as per details
Year-wise production details This is a new applied lease area for which LOI has
since 1994 should be given, been issued. Productions yet to be commence.
clearly stating the highest
production achieved in any one
year prior to 1994. It may also
be
categorically
informed
whether there had been any
increase in production after the
EIA Notification, 1994 came
into force w.r.t the highest
production achieved prior to
1994.
2
A copy of the document in
support of the fact that the
proponent is the rightful lessee
of the mine should be given.
3
All
documents
including
approved mine plan, EIA report
and Public hearing should be
compatible with one another in
terms of the mine lease area,
production
levels,
waste
generation and its management
and mining Technology and
should be in the name of lessee.
All corner coordinates of the
mine lease area, superimposed
on
a
high
resolution
imagery/toposheet should be
provided. Such as imagery of
the proposed area should
clearly show the land use and
other ecological features of the
study area (core and buffer
zone).
4
A
copy
of
Letter
of
Intent
(LOI)
Anikha/Jai/Aj/Bajri/ML13/2013/887
dated
18.04.2013 issued by Additional Director (Mines),
DMG, Govt. of Rajasthan in favor of applicant &
attached as Annexure No. II. Mining plan for the
area was approved vide letter no. SME/AJ/MP/4804
dated 18.11.2013. Copy of mining plan approval
letter is attached as Annexure No. V.
All documents i.e. Approved Mine plan, EIA report
and public hearing documents are compatible with
one another in terms of the mine lease area,
production levels, waste generation and its
management and mining technology & it is in the
name of applicant and copy of same is enclosed.
All corner coordinates of the applied lease area,
superimposed on toposheet in Plate No. II (Key Plan
of the Study Area).
Block No.
Saraswati nadi
Block I of
51.3618 Ha.
Sagarmati nadi
Block II of
112.0885 Ha
Latitude
Longitude
26027’23.63” to
26027’36.75”N
74023’42.90” to
74025’14.18’’ E
26022’16.96” to
26021’57.32”N
74026’01.10”E to
74028’03.70’’ E
13
5
6
7
Does the company have a well
laid down Environment policy
approved by its Board of
directors? If so, it may be spelt
out in the EIA report with
description of the prescribed
operating process/procedures to
bring
into
focus
any
infringement/deviation/violatio
n of the environmental of forest
norms/conditions?
The
hierarchical
system
or
administrative order of the
company to deal with the
environmental issues and for
ensuring compliance with the
EC conditions may also be
given. The system of reporting
of non-compliances/ violations
of environmental norms to the
board of Directors of the
company and/or shareholders or
stakeholders at large may also
be indicated in the EIA report.
Issues relating to mine safety,
including subsidence study in
case of underground mining
and slope study in case of open
cast mining, blasting study etc.
should
be
detailed.
The
proposed safeguard measures in
each case should also be
provided.
Yes, Applicant has a well laid down Environment
Policy i.e. to
Promote environmental awareness among the
employees and encourage them to work in an
environmentally responsible manner.
Trained, educate and inform our employees about
environmental issues that may affect their work.
Where required by legislation or where significant
health, safety or environmental hazards exist,
develop and maintain appropriate emergency and
spill response programmes.
The Environmental policy, standard operating
procedures, hierarchal system, system of reporting
non-compliance has been furnished in Chapter – VI,
para. 6.2 & 6.3 on page no. 186 & 188 of EIA-EMP
Report.
Mining i.e. removal / collection of sand will be
carried out by open cast manual and no
underground mining will be done. So no subsidence
study is required.
No drilling and blasting will be carried out.
Mining will be done as per approved mining plan &
progressive mine closure plan.
All safety measures will be adopted at the time of
operational phase as it is river bed mining –
- It will be implemented to prevent access to
excavation area by unauthorized person as per
Mines Act 1952; MMR, 1961.
- Removal/ collection of sand (Bajri) will be up to 3
meter depth.
- Protective equipment like dust musk, ear plug/
muffs and other equipment will be provided for use
by workers.
The study area will comprise of The study area comprises of 10 km zone around the
10 km zone around the mine applied mine lease boundary is shown in Plate No.
lease from lease periphery and II - Key Plan of the Study Area.
the data contained in the EIA
14
8
such as waste generation etc. No waste will be generated during mining activities.
should be for the life of the
mine / lease period.
Land use of the study area Land use of the study area
Class Names
Area (Ha.)
delineating
forest
area,
Agriculture
Plantation
5746.81
agricultural land, grazing land,
Crop Land
24723.31
wildlife sanctuary and national
Fallow Land
5317.47
park, migratory routes of fauna,
River
1380.22
water
bodies,
human
Scrub land
13022.15
settlements & other ecological
Forest Plantation
1292.63
Forest
3015.28
features should be indicated.
Water
Bodies
227.14
Land use plan of the mine lease
Waste
Land
3654.67
area should be prepared to
Habitation
549.59
encompass
preoperational,
Wet Land
4876.24
operational
and
post
Open Scrub Land
1537.16
operational
phases
and
Total
65342.66
submitted. Impact, if any, of
change of land use should be Land use of the core zone: given.
Pre
Particulars
Under mining Area
Dumps
Plantation
Road
Railway Track
Backfilled Mined
Out
Remaining virgin
Govt. land
Total
9
10
operational
phase
---0.3400
--
Operational
phase
118.0000
-25.0000
0.3600
--
--
--
163.1103
20.0903
163.4503
163.4503
The applied river bed lease area consists of Gair
Mumkin nadi. No forest land, grazing land &
agricultural land involved. There will not be any
permanent change in land use of the core zone, as
mining activity involves only collection of sand
(Bajri). Plantation will be done around the applied
lease area.
Details of the land for any No O/B or waste will be generated during course of
overburden dumps outside the sand (Bajri) mining.
mine lease, such as extent of No R&R plan is required.
land area, distance from mine
lease, its land use, R&R issues,
if any, should be given.
A
Certificate
from
the The applied lease area is part of Gair Mumkin Nadi
Competent Authority in the & Nalla as per revenue record. No forest land
State
Forest
Department involved in the applied lease area.
should be provided, confirming
the involvement of forest land,
15
11
12
13
14
if any, in the project area. In
the event of any contrary claim
by the Project Proponent
regarding the status of forests,
the site may be inspected by the
State Forest Department along
with the Regional Office of the
Ministry to ascertain the status
of forests, based on which, the
Certificate in this regard as
mentioned above be issued. In
all such cases, it would be
desirable for representative of
the State Forest Department to
assist the Expert Appraisal
Committees.
Status of forestry clearance for
the broken up area and virgin
forestland involved in the
Project including deposition of
net present value (NPV) and
compensatory
afforestation
(CA) should be indicated. A
copy of the forestry clearance
should also be furnished.
Implementation
status
of
recognition of forest rights
under the Scheduled Tribes and
other
Traditional
Forest
Dwellers (Recognition of Forest
Rights) Act, 2006 should be
indicated.
The vegetation in the RF / PF
areas in the study area, with
necessary details, Should be
given.
A study shall be got done to
ascertain the impact of the
mining project on Wildlife of the
study
area
and
details
furnished. Impact of the project
on
the
wildlife
in
the
surrounding and any other
protected area and accordingly
detailed mitigative measures
required, should be worked out
with cost implications and
Not Applicable, as the applied lease area is part of
Gair Mumkin Nadi & Nallah as per revenue record.
No forest land involved.
Not Applicable, as the applied lease area is part of
Gair Mumkin Nadi & Nallah as per revenue record.
No forest land involved.
There are two forests (one PF near Kishanpura
village & one RF near village Gaurikund) exist in
the study area. The vegetation in the RF / PF areas
given in the Chapter III, para. 3.14 on page no. 115
of EIA-EMP report.
Anticipated
impact
on
flora & fauna
Habitat loss
or
fragmentatio
n
Additional
risk to rare or
endangered
The flora & fauna in the core zone are so
common that they could be found in all
similar areas. So, no reduction in species
diversity & no specific mitigation measures
are proposed.
The proposed mining activity will not
change the existing land use of the area as
it is river bed which would be replenished
by natural means. Thus no habitat loss or
fragmentation is envisaged.
There are no rare, endangered, endemic
species in the core as well as buffer area. So
no damage is going to be done on such life
16
submitted.
15
16
17
Location of National parks,
Sanctuaries,
Biosphere
Reserves, Wildlife corridors,
Tiger/Elephant
reserves
(existing as well as proposed), if
any, within 10 km of the mine
lease
should
be
clearly
indicated, supported by a
location
map
duly
authenticated by Chief Wildlife
Warden. Necessary clearance,
as may be applicable to such
projects due to proximity of the
ecologically sensitive areas as
mentioned above, should be
obtained from the State Wildlife
department/Chief
Wildlife
Warden under the Wildlife
(Protection) Act, 1972 and copy
furnished.
A detailed biological study for
the study area [core zone &
buffer zone (10 km radius of the
periphery of the mine lease)]
shall be carried out. Details of
flora
&
fauna,
duly
authenticated, separately for
core and buffer zone should be
furnished
based
on
such
primary field survey, clearly
indicating the schedule of the
fauna present. In case of any
scheduled-I fauna found in the
study area, the necessary plan
for their conversion should be
prepared in consultation with
State Forest and Wildlife Deptt.
and
details
furnished.
Necessary allocation of funds
for implementing the same
should be made as part of the
project cost.
Proximity to Areas declared as
‘Critically Polluted’ or the
Project areas likely to come
or endemic or
threatened
species.
forms, which require protection by the
proposed project.
No National parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere
Reserves,
Wildlife
corridors,
Tiger/Elephant
reserves (existing as well as proposed), within 10
km of the applied mine lease.
Biological study of the study area [core zone &
buffer zone (10 km radius of the periphery of the
mine lease)] has been carried out by Ecology &
Biodiversity Expert during the winter season (Dec.
2013- Feb. 2014).
Details of flora and fauna of core & buffer zone are
given in Chapter III, para. 3.14 on page no. 115 of
EIA-EMP Report.
During the survey no fauna of Schedule – I has been
found in core zone as well as buffer zone.
No Critically Polluted areas as notified by the
Central Pollution Control board are located within
10 km radius from the boundary of applied mining
17
18
19
under the ‘Aravali Range’,
(attracting court restrictions for
mining operations), should also
be indicated and where so
required,
clearance
certifications
from
the
prescribed Authorities, such as
the SPCB or State Mining Dept.
Should
be
secured
and
furnished to the effect that the
proposed mining activities could
be considered.
Similarly, for coastal Projects, A
CRZ map duly authenticated by
one of the authorized agencies
demarcating LTL. HTL, CRZ
area, location of the mine lease
w.r.t CRZ, coastal features such
as mangroves, if any, should be
furnished. (Note: The Mining
Projects falling under CRZ
would also need to obtain
approval of the concerned
Coastal
Zone
Management
Authority).
R&R Plan/compensation details
for the Project Affected People
(PAP) should be furnished.
While preparing the R&R Plan,
the relevant State/National
Rehabilitation & Resettlement
Policy should be kept in view.
In respect of SCs /STs and other
weaker sections of the society in
the study area, a need based
sample survey, family-wise,
should be undertaken to assess
their requirements, and action
programmes
prepared
and
submitted
accordingly,
integrating
the
sectoral
programmes
of
line
departments of the State
Government. It may be clearly
brought out whether the village
located in the mine lease area
will be shifted or not. The
issues relating to shifting of
lease area. The applied lease area does not fall
under ‘Aravali Range’. Certificate in this regards is
under process
The proposed river bed mining project does not fall
under CRZ.
There will be no displacement of people. R & R plan
is not required.
18
20
21
Village including their R&R
and socio economic aspects
should be discussed in the
report.
One
season
(non-monsoon)
primary baseline data on
ambient air quality (PM10, SO2
and NOx), water quality, noise
level, soil and flora and fauna
shall be collected and the AAQ
and other data so complied
presented date-wise in the EIA
and EMP report. Site specific
meteorological data should also
be collected. The location of the
monitoring stations should be
such as to represent whole of
the study area and justified
keeping in view the redominant downwind direction
and
location
of
sensitive
receptors. There should be at
least one monitoring station
within 500 m of the mine lease
in the pre-dominant downwind
direction. The mineralogical
composition
of
PM10
particularly for free silica
should be given.
Air quality modeling should be
carried out for prediction of
impact of the project on the air
quality of the area. It should
also take in to account the
impact of movement of vehicles
for transportation of mineral.
The details of the model used
and the input parameters used
for
modeling
should
be
provided. The Air quality
contours may be shown on the
location map clearly indicating
the location of site, location of
sensitive receptors, if any, and
habitation. The wind roses
showing pre-dominant wind
direction may also be indicated
One season (non-monsoon) primary baseline data on
ambient air quality (PM10, SO2 and NOx), water
quality, noise level, soil and flora and fauna has
been collected during post monsoon season
(December, 2013 to February, 2014) and the AAQ
and other data are compiled in the EIA and EMP
report.
The details of ambient air quality are given in
Chapter III, para. 3.10, on page no. 83 of EIA-EMP
Report.
AAQ and other data are compiled presented datewise in the EIA and EMP report. Refer Annexure
No. VII.
Site specific meteorological given in Chapter III,
para. 3.9 table 3.3 on page no. 79 of EIA-EMP
Report.
One monitoring station set within 500 m of the
mine lease in the pre-dominant downwind direction.
Refer Fig. 3.6 on page no. 84 of EIA-EMP Report.
The mineralogical composition of PM10 for free
silica given in Chapter III, Para. 3.10, Table 3.8 on
page no. 96 of EIA-EMP Report.
ISCST3 version: Perpetual Dispersion model, based
on steady state Gaussian plume dispersion, was
used for the prediction of ground level
concentrations.
Meteorological data generated at site during study
period has been used for onsite input met data.
Transportation details:
Proposed Capacity of mine/annum - 11,20,000 TPA
Proposed Capacity of mine/day – 4000 TPD
Transportation of Bajri from stack yard to
consumers will be by dumper through SH-59 &
existing village roads.
Transportation from applied lease area will be
divided into working blocks.
Tractor trolley owners will purchase Bajri from the
face.
19
on the map.
Total around 364 transportation vehicles will be
envisaged per day on the basis of 22 tonne capacity
of trolley.
Air quality modeling has been prepared for
prediction of impact of the project
PM10
Particular
Monitored Maximum concentrations
in µg/m3
Predicted incremental Maximum
concentrations in µg/m3
Resultant Maximum concentrations
in µg/m3
NAAQS (dated 2009)
22
24
25
Core
zone
Block
no. II
94.14
91.46
0.28
0.10
91.42
91.56
100
100
Refer Chapter IV, para. 4.5 on page no. 166 of EIAEMP Report.
The water requirement for the Total water requirement is 20.0 KLD. The
project, its availability and availability of water from Dug well nearby villages
source should be furnished. A for the applied lease area.
detailed water balance should
Purpose
Requirement (KLD)
also be provided. Fresh water
Drinking
7.0
requirement for the project
Dust Suppression
7.0
6.0
should be indicated.
Plantation
Total
23
Core zone
Block no. I
Necessary clearance from the
Competent Authority for drawl
of requisite quantity of water
for the project
should be
provided.
Description
of
water
conservation
measures
proposed to be adopted in the
Project should be given. Details
of
rainwater
harvesting
proposed in the Project, if any,
should be provided.
20.0
Water will be sourced from nearby villages. Mutual
agreement for purchase of water between applicant
and water tanker supplier is under process.
Water conservation measures proposed to be
adopted are as given below:Optimum utilization avoiding unnecessary wastage
of water will be done.
Awareness programs will be taken up to educate
public for conservation of water.
Alluvial formation along Saraswati & Sagarmati
River has good water storage and transmission
capacity, so different techniques of artificial
augmentation of ground water resources will be
adopted.
Impact of the project on the No impact on surface as well as ground water
water quality, both surface and quality, because no waste water will be discharged
groundwater should be assesses due to mining and mining will be restricted above
20
and
necessary
safeguard ground water. The ultimate depth of mining will be
measures, if any required, 3m from the surface level. Therefore, impact of
should be provided.
removal/ collection of Bajri mining are not likely to
happen on ground water regime.
26
27
28
Based on actual monitored
data, it may clearly be shown
whether working will intersect
groundwater. Necessary data
and documentation in this
regard may be provided. In case
the case working will intersect
groundwater table, a detailed
Hydro geological study should
be undertaken and report
furnished.
Necessary
permission
from
Central
Ground Water Authority for
working below ground water
and for pumping of ground
water should also be obtained
and copy furnished.
Details of any stream, seasonal
or otherwise, passing through
the lease area and modification
/ diversion proposed, if any, and
the impact of the same on the
hydrology should be brought
out.
Information on site elevation,
working depth, groundwater
table etc. should be provided
both in AMSL and bgl. A
schematic diagram should also
be provided for the same.
No ground water will be intersecting during course
of mining as removal / collection of sand (Bajri) is
restricted up to a depth of 3 meter only.
Permission from CGWA is not required as no
ground water intersect during course of Sand
(Bajri). The required water will be plantation etc.
from local dug owner.
No proposal for modification/ diversion of any
stream or otherwise. Hydrological study is not
required.
The drainage pattern of the study area is given in
Chapter III, Fig. 3.4 on page no. 76 of EIA-EMP
Report.
Schematic Representation of Site Elevation,
Ultimate Depth & Ground Water of Block no. 1
(Saraswati River)
HIGHEST CONTOUR
LOWEST CONTOUR
ULTIMATE DEPTH
WATER TABLE
397mRL
390 mRL
387 mRL (3.0meter)
370 mRL (20 BGL Post monsoon)
365 mRL (25.0 BGL Pre monsoon)
Proposed working will not intersect Ground
water table.
Schematic Representation of Site Elevation,
Ultimate Depth & Ground Water of Block no. 2
(Sagarmati River)
21
HIGHEST CONTOUR
LOWEST CONTOUR
418mRL
411 mRL
ULTIMATE DEPTH
408 mRL (3.0meter)
WATER TABLE
water table.
29
A time bound Progressive Progressive Greenbelt Development Along the periphery of
Greenbelt Development Plan
the Applied lease area
Year
Selected species
shall be prepared in a tabular
Area (Hect.) Saplings
form (indicating the linear and
Neem, Pipal,
I
5.0
5000
quantitative coverage, plant
Kaner,
lemon, Pila
II
5.0
5000
species and time frame) and
Kaner,
Arjun, Ber,
III
5.0
5000
Mahua, Bargad,
submitted, keeping in mind, the
IV
5.0
5000
Siris,Mahandi, as
same will have to be executed
V
5.0
5000
per discussion with
up front on commencement of
forest department
the project.
Total
25.0
25000
saplings will be
grown in the area
30
Impact on local transport
infrastructure due to the project
should be indicated. Projected
increase in truck traffic as
result of the project in the
present road network (including
those outside the project area)
should
be
worked
out,
indicating whether it is capable
of handling the incremental
load.
Arrangement
for
improving the infrastructure, if
contemplated (including action
to be taken by other agencies
such as State Government)
should be covered.
The transportation of sand (Bajri) will be done by
transportation vehicles through existing villages’
road and highways.
The proposed project for the transportation of sand
about 364 PCUs calculated.
Modified Traffic Scenario & LOS
Road
V
C
Modified
V/C Ratio
LOS
All villages
1351
3,000
0.45
C
SH – 59
1233
10,000
0.12
A
Results- From the above analysis it can be seen that
the V/C ratio is likely to change to 0.45 & 0.12 with
LOS being “C & A’’ which is Good & Excellent, as
per classification. So the additional load on the
carrying capacity of the concerned roads is not
likely to have any adverse effect.
As the working is proposed in two different blocks in
the area. So there will be not much increase in
traffic on a particular place. The area is capable of
handling the incremental load.
22
31
32
Details of the onsite shelter and Onsite shelter and facilities will be provided to the
facilities to be provided to the mine workers as per Approved Mining Plan & as
mine
workers
should
be per Mines Rules.
included in the EIA report.
Following are the infrastructural facilities which
will be provided to the workers:
-Rest Shelter, Washrooms separately for male &
female workers, sanitary facility, first aid facilities,
etc.
- Personal protective equipment as ear muffs, gloves
etc. will be provided to the workers
Conceptual post mining land Land use of the core zonePre
use and Reclamation and
Operational
Particulars
operational
Restoration of mined out areas
phase
phase
(with plans and with adequate
Under mining Area
-118.0000
number of sections) should be
Dumps
--given in the EIA report.
Plantation
-25.0000
Road
Railway Track
Backfilled Mined
Out
Remaining virgin
Govt. land
Total
33
34
A time bound Progressive
Greenbelt Development Plan
shall be prepared in a tabular
form (indicating the linear and
quantitative coverage, plant
species and time frame) and
submitted, keeping in mind, the
same will have to be executed
up front on commencement of
the project. Phase wise plan of
plantation and compensatory
afforestation should be charted
clearly indicating the area to be
covered under plantation and
the species to be planted. The
details of plantation already
done should be given.
Occupational health impact of
the
project
should
be
anticipated and the proposed
preventive measures spelt out
in details. Details of preplacement
medical
0.3400
--
0.3600
--
--
--
163.1103
20.0903
163.4503
163.4503
Same as TOR point No. 29
Safety of workers during mining operation and
maintenance of transportation vehicles will be
taken care as per MMR 1961. To avoid any
adverse effect on the health of workers due to
dust, noise sufficient measures will be provided.
Anticipated
Proposed mitigation measures
23
examination and periodical
medical examination schedules
should be incorporated in the
EMP.
Occupational
Health &
Safety Impacts
Lung diseases
and
Respiratory
disorder due to
dust exposure
Noise
Accident at site
Others
35
Dust mask will be provided to
workers.
Precaution will be adopted to
prevent dust generation at site and
dispersing in the environment.
Regular health monitoring of
workers.
Training & awareness camps will
be conducted for workers on health
problems.
Air emission control system such
as
water
sprinkling,
green
belt
development.
Free silica analysis of mineral will
be done.
Budget of pollution control Rs. 1.0
lacs. I.e. dust suppression by water
sprinkling is proposed in EMP.
Ear muffs will be provided.
Good Maintenance of vehicles.
PPE will be provided to workers
likely hand gloves, safety shoes etc.
Awareness
program/
training
programme will be organized for workers
for occupational safety.
Smoking & tobacco will be banned
at site.
All periodic medical examination of the mine
workers will be done regularly.
Pre-placement
&
periodically
medical
examination will be conducted as per mines rule 29
B of 1955.
Pre-placement health checkup will be made
mandatory and periodic health checkup will be
done.
Medical records of each employee will be
maintained separately and will be updated as
required.
- Medical examination of workers including
chest x-ray of employee will be undertaken.
Public health implications of The most common diseases in this region are
the
Project
and
related common cold and cough, malaria, enteric fever like
activities for the population in typhoid.
the impact zone should be
systematically evaluated and In this proposed project, impact on the health of
the
proposed
remedial public has been assessed and the remedial
measures should be detailed measures have been proposed by the applicant. At
along
with
budgetary the primary basis provision of first aid has been
allocations.
adopted.
24
Adverse health impact will be due to air pollution,
noise pollution etc.
All control measures for air emissions, noise control
will be taken to strictly comply with norms.
Periodical free health camps will be taken up in the
villages.
Measures: - Tractor trolley will be covered by tarpaulin
covers to control the air pollution.
- Catalyze combustion fitted with tractor
trolley and silencers to air pollution.
- All transportation vehicles carry a valid PUC
Certificates to noise pollution.
- Minimum use of horns and speed limit of 10
km/hr in the village area to noise pollution.
36
Measures of socio economic
significance and influence to the
local community proposed to be
provided by project proponent
should be indicated. As far as
possible,
quantitative
dimension may be given with
time frame for implementation.
About 1.0 Lacs will be spent for public health.
The mining activity in this area will have positive
impact on social economic condition of the area by
way of providing employment to the local inhabitats.
Wages paid to them will increase the per capital
income,
housing,
education,
medical
and
transportation facilities, economic status health and
agriculture.
In order to further improve the socio economic
conditions of the area, the management will
contribute for development in consultation with
local bodies.
Thus project will have positive impact on the
surrounding local community.
Rs. (in Lacs)
Particu
lars
Educati
on
Activity
Distribution of school
bags & stationery items to
school children.
Distribution of books in
school.
Renovation of school
building.
Distribution of sports
goods among school children.
Books/
Chemicals/
Sports kits to school library/
laboratory/ sports department
Capita
l Cost
Recu
rring
Cost
3.0
0.6
25
Health
Infrastr
ucture
develop
ment
Drinkin
g water
& other
facilitie
s
General health camp for
nearby villagers.
Eye checkup camp.
Distribution
of
medicines free of cost.
Renovation of nearby
community
hall,
school
buildings, Anganbari center.
Repair of school terrace.
. Construction of washroom in
nearby villages.
- Support for supply of drinking
water.
Awareness
programmes
for
villagers.
Total
37
Detailed
environmental
management plan to mitigate
the
environmental
impact
which, should inte-alia include
the impacts of change of land
use, loss of agricultural and
grazing
land,
if
any,
occupational health impacts
besides other impacts pacific to
the proposed project.
Particulars
Air
Loading
Quality
Manage
ment
Transporta
tion
Plantation
Monitoring
Noise
Manage
ment
Transporta
tion
Plantation
Monitoring
3.0
1.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.4
10.0
4.0
Details

Water sprinkling will be
done before loading by making it
moist.

Water sprinkling during
transportation over approach
roads will be done for suppression
of dust.

Regular maintenance of
machinery will be carried out.

Overloading
will
be
prevented.

Tractor trolley will be
covered by tarpaulin covers.

Plantation will be carried
out at the approach road, river
bank and vicinity area.

Periodic
air
quality
monitoring will be done and
adequate measures will be taken.

Source of noise will be
during operation of transportation
vehicles,
for
this
proper
maintenance will be done at
regular intervals.

Oiling & greasing at
regular interval will be done.

Adequate silencers will be
provided in all the diesel engines
of vehicles.

Minimum use of horns
and speed limit of 10 km/hr. in
the village area.

Its will be ensured that all
transportation vehicles carry a
valid PUC Certificates.

Plantation will be carried
out at the approach road, river
bank and vicinity area.

Periodic noise quality
26
Water
Quality
manage
ment
Surface
water
quality
mgt.
Ground
water
quality
manageme
nt
Waste
water
manageme
nt
Solid Waste
Management
River bank protection
& management
38
Public hearing points raised
and commitment of the project
proponent on the same along
with time bound action plan to
implement the same should be
provided and also incorporated
in the final EIA/EMP report of
the project.
monitoring will be done and
adequate measures will be taken.

Waste water will not be
generated
during
removal/
collection of sand.

Ground water will not be
intersected
during
mining
activities.

Excavation will be carried
out up to a maximum depth of 3
meter from the surface of Bajri
deposit.

Waste water will not be
generated
during
removal/
collection of sand.

Washrooms will be made
available near working blocks.

Septic tanks and soak pits
will be provided for the disposal of
domestic/ washrooms effluents.

No waste is generated in
the mining activities as the
project involves collection of Bajri.

Collection will be done
during day light only.

No stockpiling of collected
Bajri will be done.

Mining will be done for 3
meter thickness at a time in the
direction of river, to avoid the
providing effect & maintaining
the uniform surface.

Markers showing water
level will be marked on the site.
Environment Management plan are given in
Chapter IX on page no. 204 of EIA-EMP Report.
Public hearing has been conducted on dated
17.09.2014, at Rajeev Gandhi Sewa Kendra Gram –
Govindgarh, Tehsil – Pisangan, District - Ajmer and
points raised during the Public Hearing will be
given in below table.
Issues raised by
the Public
Response/
Commitment
of Project
Proponents
Action Plan
Fund
Allotm
ent
(in Rs.
Lacs)
1.
Shri
Prakash
Kumawat, Ward
Punch,
village
Govindgarh told
that, at present
mines
are
running, but no
money has been
Environment
management
fund
is
submitted to
the
Govt.
which
is
proposed for
the
development
Constructio
ns
of
washrooms
and
other
infrastructu
ral
development
in
nearby
villages.
2.0
27
spent over the
project by the
project
proponents.
He
affirmed
that
Govindgarh Gram
Panchayat people
should be allowed
to
keep
Bajri
royalty-free
and
also stated that
the
Gram
Panchayat has no
knowledge
regarding
the
lease area. He
proposed that the
revenue from the
lease should be
brought
for
development
of
the village. He
further
stated
that the farmers
have received the
NOC from the
panchayat for the
water of the well,
which flows from
the lease area to
the
agricultural
land
through
pipelines. He also
asked to clarify
the
practices
undertaken in the
lease area for the
mining operation.
2.
Shri
Satyanarayan
Yadav,
village
Govindgarh asked
whether
the
mining area is
free from grazing
land or not? He
also
asked
whether
the
cutting
of
the
plantations in the
area will be done
according to the
Contractor or the
villagers. What is
the solution for
the
negative
effects of mining
of the village.
For
the
development
of Panchayat
2% of royalty
will be spent
under
the
District
Council.
He
told that as
per
the
mining rules
no mining can
be done in the
range of 45m
distance from
the
wells.
Plantation
will be done in
the
public
places
according
to
the acceptance
of
the
Panchayat.
The
mining
lease has not
been granted
for the whole
river
area,
mining will be
done only in
some selected
Khasra.
No
grazing
land
is
involved
in
this proposed
project.
The
removal/
collection of
Bajri will be
done as per
approved
mining plan.
About 5000
sapling per
year will be
planted
along
the
lease
boundary &
nearby
villages.
2.0
Mining will be
done as per
approved
mining plan.
28
on water of the
wells? He also
apprised about the
violation of rules
during
the
transportation of
Bajri and made
everyone realize
about
the
misbehavior of the
lessee with the
villagers.
He
asked about the
distance between
the mining areas
to
the
wells.
Finally
he
objected
the
mining and denied
for the lease to be
granted for Bajri.
3.
Shri
Jitendra
Vyas
villager
of
Govindgarh asked
whether reserve of
the Bajri is kept
or not for the
villagers to be
used in future?
4.
Shri
Surajkaran,
villager
of
Budhwara
enquired whether
the mining can be
done
in
the
catchment area of
river or not? He
stated that NOC
for the lease grant
should also be
received from the
Gram Panchayat.
He
mentioned
that
the
development
amount must also
be given to Gram
panchayat.
Proposed lease
is for 5 Years
only. Balance
reserves will
still be left at
the end of
lease period
Mining will be
confined
in
the
allotted
lease
area
only. NOC is
not required
from
Gram
Panchayat as
per rules.
Mining will
be
carried
out as per
approved
mining plan.
During the
course of the
flow of the
river in the
rainy
season,
Bajri
will
get
deposited.
Mining will
be
carried
out as per
approved
mining plan.
Area
is
allotted by
the
Govt.
hence, NOC
is
from
Gram
Panchayat
is
not
required.
29
--
--
5.
Shri Om
Prakash,
Press
reporter, Pisangan
told
that
the
Technical
consultant
says
that there is no
forest area in the
lease area but
actually it is not
so. He stated that
Mining is carried
out
with
machineries
not
manually. He told
that this area falls
under the Dark
zone since last 8
years,
thus
doubted
the
possibility
of
upcoming heavy
rainfall sufficient
enough
for
replacement and
recharge of the
sand. The lease
area is under M/s.
Arjun Singh, and
till date he has
not made any
efforts for the
betterment of the
village,
no
plantation
has
been done, no
sprinkling
of
water
and
no
measures
have
been adopted for
controlling
the
pollution. Besides
this many plants
were cut in the
last six months by
the Lessee. Apart
from
this
the
statutory barrier
of
Sagarmati
River has been
destroyed by the
Lessee. He asked
about
the
belongings of the
857
labours
presented to
be
employed.
All measures
will be taken
as
per
EMP/MP after
the lease is
granted.
No
forest
land
is
involved in
this project.
Mining will
be
carried
out as per
approved
mining plan.
Local people
will
be
employed
from nearby
villages.
30
--
6.
Shri
Jagpal
Singh
Shaktavat,
Additional
Sarpunch
of
Govindgarh said
that
only
one
pipeline should be
installed for one
well
and
the
farmers must be
acquainted with
the land they own.
This work of
laying
pipelines
from well is
under
the
PHED and
is
carried
out
accordingly
with
consultation
s of Gram
Panchayat/
Local
authorities.
No grazing
land
is
involved in
this project.
--
7.
Shri
Sharvan
Singh
Rawat,
Village
Akhepura,
told
that the Grazing
land
available
where the animals
-graze in Akhepura
should
not
be
granted the lease,
so
that
no
problems
are
created in future.
Annexure – G, Written Comments is received from Om
Prakash, Press Reporter, Pisangan, Ajmer
1.
With
the
The
plants
help of Japan Govt.
have not been
about 44,000 plants
cut by us as
were planted in
the lease is
lease area during
still
to
be
1995-96 near the
allotted in our
Sagarmati
River,
favour,
only
near
village
-LOI has been
-Nuriyawas, for the
given.
control of erosion
under the Social
forestry plan. The
plants are being cut
for
the
mining
purpose.
2.
Governmen
Mean annual
t
has
declared
rainfall (1987Pisangan under the
2006) of the
dark zone area due
district
is
to the deficiency of
453.2
mm
rainfall and low
whereas
--water table in this
normal
area. Then how the
rainfall (1901mining department
70) is lower
is
granting
the
than average
lease
considering
rainfall
and
the place under
placed
at
31
“general to high
rainfall” If the rain
would have been
normal
then
Pisangan shouldn’t
have
ever
been
declared
in
the
Dark Zone.
3.
The former
contractor was Shri
Arjun Singh only.
While
Pisangan
Tehsildar & Mining
Engineer
have
reported
to
the
Government about
the trees being cut
in the lease area in
Khasra no. 864,
Nuriyawas village.
The rules are not
being followed by
the contractor, so
why no action has
not been taken so
far?
4.
Till
date
Government
has
spent rupees 23, 87,
876.51
for
the
surface barrier in
the grazing land of
Pisangn
area
without allocation.
The Contractor has
fully abolished and
misused the money
in the sand mining.
Why
the
administration
is
not active until
now?
5.
The
Govindgarh
dam
has
been
constructed under
the
Govindgarh
Dam Project at
Pisangan
tehsil,
within
the
Catchment area of
Sagarmati
River.
What is reason for
not accepting the
order of Supreme
433.8. About
0.8 to 1 meter
of Bajri will be
deposited
annually. No
ground water
table will be
intersected
during mining
operations.
These plants
did not cut by
us.
--
--
--
--
--
--
32
--
--
Court to restore the
situation as it was
before the midnight of 15.08.1947?
Annexure – H, Site Inspection Report from Mining Office
1.
At the site
(Khasra No. 864) in
the lease area one
pit
exists
measuring 79mt x
45m. It’s Latitude
and Longitude is N
26°22’04.3”
to
74°37’20.6”.
2.
Mining has
been done in one pit
3 m below the
surface
by
the
Contractor. On site
the pit was found
closed.
At site,
pit is old
--
At site, this
pit
is
old;
Mining will be
carried out as
per approved
mining plan &
depth
of
mining will be
3 meter only.
Backfilling is
not proposed
in
this
proposed
project.
Because
the
main purpose
of
the
proposed
project
is
removal/
collection
of
sand. Natural
replenishment
will take place
during
the
monsoon
season.
These plants
are not cut by
us.
About
5000 sapling
per year will
be
planted
along the lease
boundary
&
nearby
villages.
3.
Backfilling
has not been done
in the pits after the
excavation by the
contractor.
Villagers told that
there can be loss of
life and animals
due to filling of
water, which is
right as per the
inspection.
4.
Many
plants have been
cut near the pit
area
and
some
plants are in the
damaged conditions
about to fall.
Total
39
this
--
--
--
4.0
Details of litigation pending There is no litigation pending against the project.
against the project, if any, with
direction /order passed by any
Court of Law against the
33
project should be given.
40
The cost of the project (capital Capital cost of project – 66.0 Lacs
cost and recurring cost) as well Capital cost of EMP – 18.00 lacs
as
the
cost
towards Recurring cost of EMP – 9.00 lacs
implementation of EMP should
clearly be spelt out.
Particulars
A site office, store & rest shelter
Machinery & tools
Bank guarantee (financial assurance)
Approach road
EMP Cost
Social fund
Miscellaneous
Grant Total
Capital cost (in
lacs)
5.0
3.0
21.5
5.0
18.0
10
3
65.50 or says
66 lacs
Capital & Re- Curing Cost for EMP
Capital
Recurring cost /
Particulars
cost
annum
Pollution control
5.00
1.00
Pollution monitoring
5.00
1.00
Green belt
5.00
2.00
Occupational health
3.00
1.00
TOTAL
18.00
5.00
41
Details
studies.
of
replenishment Calculation of Sediment Yield
Applied lease area (under river bed) – 163.4503 ha.
 Proposed working area in operational phase:
118.0 ha.
 Proposed production: 11, 20,000 TPA of Sand.
 Drainage basin area of river Saraswati –
251.36 km2 & Sagarmati – 150.68 km2.
 Normal Annual Rainfall: 453.2 mm.
With above inputs, the calculation of the
sediment yield by the Dandy and Bolton
formula is illustrated below:
Replenishment Calculation of Applied Lease
Area
Blocks
Saraswati River
Block No. 1
Sagarmati River
Block No. 2
Q
(Mean
annual
rainfall
in mm)
A
(catchme
nt Area
in km2)
S
(Sediment
yield)
(tons/year)
453.2
251.36
59250.22
453.2
150.68
37765.02
34
With above formula the value of S about 97015.04
tons/year in block no. 1 & in block no. 2.
As per the study of traffic density conducted at SH –
59 and existing villages road is capable of handling
the additional traffic i.e. 364 dumpers due to
propose mining. Not much impact on local
transportation for sand (Bajri) from applied lease
area is anticipated. The Level of Services (LOS)
value from the proposed mine may be “Good” for all
existing village road.
No species of Schedule – I & II fauna is found; so no
conservation plan is required.
42
Details of Transportation of
mined out materials as per the
Indian Road Congress for both
the ways (loaded as well as
unloaded trucks) load and its
impact on Environment.
43
Proper
species
specific
Conservation
plan
for
Schedule–I and II species;
Impact of mining on plankton.
Mining will be done in the dry state of proposed
blocks for removal/ collection of sand. So there will
not be any impact on plankton of the river.
Details of mining activity to be Name Leng Wid Thickn Volume M.T.=
of
th
th
(Vol. * Remarks
provided w.r.t Block Wise/
ess (m)
(Cum)
River
(m)
(m)
B.D.)
Calendar wise/ Zonal wise, as
First year
the mine lease area is having a Sarasw
Near
long stretch.
ati
village
44
45
River
Block
No. I
Sagar
mati
River
Block
No. II
306
378
3.0
347004
55520
6.4
290
406
3.0
353220
56515
2
700224
Total
Second year
Sarasw
ati
River
Block
300
No. I
Sagar
mati
River
Block
No. II
330
11203
58
457
3.0
411300
65808
0
292
3.0
289080
46252
8
35
Govindga
rh,
Akhepur
a,
Jaswant
pura
Near
village
Pisangan
,
Budhwar
a,
Nuriyaw
as
Near
village
Govindga
rh,
Akhepur
a,
Jaswant
pura
Near
village
Pisangan
,
Budhwar
a,
Nuriyaw
as
700380
Total
Third Year
Sarasw
ati
River
Block
320
No. I
Sagar
mati
River
Block
No. II
265
506
3.0
485760
77721
6
270
3.0
214650
34344
0
700410
Total
Fourth Year
Sarasw
ati
River
Block
284
No. I
Sagar
mati
River
Block
No. II
311
3.0
448152
71704
3.2
270
3.0
251910
40305
6
700062
Sagar
mati
River
Block
No. II
332
Near
village
Govindga
rh,
Akhepur
a,
Jaswant
pura
Near
village
Pisangan
,
Budhwar
a,
Nuriyaw
as
11200
99
444
3.0
431568
69050
8.8
270
3.0
268920
43027
2
36
Near
village
Govindga
rh,
Akhepur
a,
Jaswant
pura
Near
village
Pisangan
,
Budhwar
a,
Nuriyaw
as
11206
56
526
Total
Fifth Year
Sarasw
ati
River
Block
324
No. I
11206
08
Near
village
Govindga
rh,
Akhepur
a,
Jaswant
pura
Near
village
Pisangan
,
Budhwar
a,
Nuriyaw
as
700488
Total
46
47
Details of Gradient of river bed
to be provided.
Details of excavation schedule
& sequential mining plan.
Name of River
Length
(mtr.)
11207
81
Width (mtr)
Max.
Min.
Gradient
Saraswati River
2796.0
670
171
1 in 399
Block No. 1
Sagarmati River
3529.0
584
62
1 in 504
Block No. 2
Year
Name of
Remarks
River
About 306 meter length & 378 m
Saraswati width of the proposed blocks for
River Block removal/ collection of sand in the
No. I
area towards near village Govind
garh to Akhepura village.
First
year
Sagarmati width of the proposed blocks for
No. II
area
towards
near
village
Budhwara to Nuriyawas village.
No. I
Second
year
No. II
area
towards
near
village
No. I
Third
Year
No. II
area
towards
near
village
No. I
Fourth
Year
No. II
area
towards
near
village
Saraswati
Fifth
width of the proposed blocks for
River Block
Year
removal/ collection of sand in the
No. I
37
Sagarmati
River Block
No. II
48
49
Mining Plan shall be prepared
carefully, dividing lease area
into manageable blocks to
ensure scientific and systematic
mining of minor minerals.
The base line data shall be
collected so as to represent the
whole mine lease area.
width of the proposed blocks for
removal/ collection of sand in the
area
towards
near
village
Mining Plan has been prepared carefully, dividing
lease area into manageable blocks to ensure
scientific and systematic mining of sand. The
mining plan has been approved vide order no.
SME/AJ/MP/4084, dated 18.11.2013.
The base line data is collected to represent the area
given in Chapter III of EIA-EMP report.
=====******= ====
38
ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT
&
39
CHAPTER - I
INTRODUCTION
Mining Environment and development have become complimentary to
each other. As a result of developmental activities visible ill-effects of
the environmental degradation are clear and give signals of the
concern. Therefore a sustainable development of the area involving
extraction of mineral wealth vis-à-vis protection of environment is
the ultimate solution for betterment of mankind.
1.1
PURPOSE OF REPORT
The Environmental Impact Assessment has been prepared to assess the
current environmental scenario of the area and then based on the
activities of mining proposed, to carry out Environmental Management
Plan. The plan will identify and address the impacts, where these are
adverse in nature, and thereafter design mitigative measures to
manage such impacts in a manner as to conserve environment and
ecology of the area. The EMP has been prepared with a view to
ultimately ensure that the adverse impacts are minimized if these
cannot be prevented altogether.
Environmental clearance is a statutory requirement for the new and
old establishment of any mining project of which EIA has to be prepared
and submitted to respective agencies of state and center level in line
with EIA Notification, 1994 & 2006.
As per
new EIA Notification dated
14th Sept. 2006, Environmental
Clearance is required at the fresh grant, time of renewal of mining lease &
enhancement of production where in the area is 5.00 hect & above .
This project fall under category “A”, project, area is above 50 hect,
therefore this project requires Environment clearance from MOEF New
Delhi.
40
The application for EC was submitted on 19.08.2013 to EAC, MOEF, New
Delhi. The meeting held with the EAC (mining) during 12th meeting held
on 31.10.2013 to 01.11.2013 and issued TOR letter no. J-11015/326/2013IA.II (M) Dated 22.11.2013, for preparation of an Environment Impact
Assessment & Environment Management Plan (EIA-EMP) Report in
respect of the project.
Refer Annexure No. I: Copy of TOR Letter.
1.2.
IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT
1.2.1
Identification of Project
Name of the project: River bed mining of ordinary sand (Bajri)
(Applied Lease area 163.4503 Hect.)
Fresh Grant and production 11, 20,000 TPA
Location of the project:
Near
Village
-
Govindgarh,
At
Akhepura,
Jaswantpura,
Pisangan,
Budhwada, Nuriawas, Tehsil – Pisangan, District – Ajmer (Rajasthan)
1.2.2 Identification of Proponent
Applicant:
Sh. Arjun Singh
Village – Chandupura,
Nasibpur Kanna,
Tehsil – Nagina
District Bijnaur, (U.P.)
1.3
BRIEF PROJECT DESCRIPTION
River Bed Mining area (Saraswati & Sagarmati River) of Sh. Arjun Singh
S/o Shri Ramendra Singh, is situated near villages: Govindgarh, Akhepura,
Jaswantpura, Pisangan, Budhwada, Nuriawas, Tehsil – Pisangan &
District – Ajmer of State Rajasthan over an area of 163.4503 ha.
41
The Letter of Intent (LOI) was issued by Additional Director, (Mines)
Department
of
Mines
&
Geology,
Jaipur,
vide
letter
no.
Anikha/jai/aj/bajri/khp-13/2013/884, on dated 18.04.2013, with conditions
imposed that to produce within three months, 1) approved Mining Plan of
the area, and to produce within one year, 2) Environmental Clearance
from Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India, 3) An
affidavit of financial assurance under rule 37(J) of Rajasthan Minor
Mineral Concession Rules 1986, as per RMMCR’ 1986, validity period of
lease is five years.
Refer Annexure No. II: Copy of Letter of Intent (LOI)
River Bed Mining area of Sh. Arjun Singh, is situated near villages Near
village - Govindgarh, Akhepura, Jaswantpura, Pisangan, Budhwada,
Nuriawas, Tehsil – Pisangan & District – Ajmer of State Rajasthan over an
area of 163.4503 ha. List of villages, Khasra numbers, Jamabandi and lease
area map of the lease area is attached.
Refer Annexure No. III & IV: Copy of List of Village, Jamabandi & Applied
Lease area Map.
The plan showing applied mining lease area comprising 163.4503 Ha,
with composite G.T. sheets nos. 45J/6, 7 & 11 (adjoining each other), 54
B/1 & 5.
Mining plan has been approved vide letter no. SME/AJ/MP/4084 dated
18.11.2013 under MCDR/MCR.
Refer Annexure No. V: Copy of Letter of Approved Mining Plan.
1.4
PRODUCTION DETAILS
This applied area is fresh grant and no production is commenced.
42
TABLE 1.1: LAND USE PATTERN OF THE AREA
River Name
Total
Saraswati Nadi Block I Sagarmati Nadi Block II
(Ha.)
(Ha.)
51.3618
112.0885
(Ha.)
163.4503
TABLE 1.2: PROJECT DETAIL
S. No
Particulars
Details
1
Locations
2
Name of River
Saraswati & Sagarmati River
3
Project name
4
Near village
5
Tehsil
River Bed mining project of Ordinary
sand (Bajri)
Govindgarh, Akhepura, Jaswantpura,
Pisangan, Budhwada, Nuriawas.
Pisangan
6
District
Ajmer
7
State
Rajasthan
8
Applied Lease area
163.4503 hectare
Proposed
11,20,000 TPA of Sand (Bajri)
9
10
production
Latitude & Longitude
Block No.
Saraswati
nadi
Block I of 51.3618
Ha.
Sagarmati
nadi
Block II of 112.0885
Ha
Nearest
11
Latitude
Longitude
26027’23.63” to
74023’42.90” to
26027’36.75”N
74025’14.18’’ E
26022’16.96” to
74026’01.10”E to
26021’57.32”N
74028’03.70’’ E
National National Highway No. 8 is passing over
Highway
in the SE side, coming from Beawar
going to Ajmer, which is about 10 km
from the Block No. II.
43
Nearest
12
13
14
Railway Railway Station – Mangliyawas, 20 km
away from the Pisangan.
station & Airport
Airport - Jaipur (183 Km. from Pisangan).
Pisangan to applied lease area is 6 km.
Nearest
Tourist None within the study area.
Place
Archeological Place
buffer zone.
National
Park
Wild
Life
,
Life
Sanctuary,
15
No archaeological site within core &
Wild
Corridors,
Biosphere Reserves,
Migratory routes for
Forest
Near
Kishanpura
village (P.F.
& R.F.)
Gaurikund
R.F.
Between
Latitude
Longitude
260 25’ To
260 30’
740 25’ To
740 30’
260 20’ To
260 30’
740 30’ To
740 35’
Birds,
Reserved/Protected
Forest
14
15
16
Nearest major city
Pisangan is about 6.0 km from the
applied lease area.
Nearest
Water Applied Lease area itself part of water
bodies
body.
Nearest town
Pisangan is 6 km away in NW direction
from applied lease area Block No. II.
District H.Q. – Ajmer 49 km.
1.5
LOCATION AND COMMUNICATION
1.5.1
Location
The proposed project is River Bed mining of ordinary sand (Bajri) in
Saraswati & Sagarmati River is situated near village Govindgarh,
Akhepura, Jaswantpura, Pisangan, Budhwada, Nuriawas, Tehsil –
Pisangan & District – Ajmer of State – Rajasthan.
44
Saraswati River (Block No. – I), is about 6.5 km in NE direction &
Sagarmati River Block No. II is about 5.5 km in NNW direction from the
Pisangan Tehsil Headquarter.
The nearest District HQ is Ajmer which is 49 Km from Pisangan.
1.5.2 Communication
Road link
There are many public roads passing through the area from Towns and
villages. Approach roads to villages and towns are cutting across
Sagarmati nadi and Saraswati nadi in the applied area. Main road of
National Highway No. 8 is passing over in the SE side, coming from
Beawar going to Ajmer, which is about 10 km from the Block No. II.
Rail link
The Nearest Railway station is at Mangliawas, which is about 20 km
away from Pisangan. Northwestern railway line passes through the area
coming from Beawar in the east to Ajmer in the west.
Air link
The Nearest Airport is Jaipur at a Distance of 183 kms from Pisangan
Tehsil Headquarter.
1.5.3 Basic Amenities
Power
No electric power supply is available at mine site, while electricity is
available in the study area.
Amenities
The nearest police station is at Pisangan. In the study area, police station,
court, drinking, telephone and other facilities is available.
45
1.6 OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
The main objectives of this EMP are listed below:
* To establish the present environmental scenario.
*
To anticipate
mining
the
impacts
of
proposed
future
operations on the environment.
* To prepare a detailed action plan for implementation of mitigative
measures.
* To suggest preventive and mitigative measures to minimize adverse
impact and to maximize beneficial impacts.
* To prepare a compensatory afforestation scheme.
* To suggest a monitoring programmed to evaluate the effectiveness
of
mitigative measures.
*
To
suggest
the
formation
of
a
core
group
responsible
for
implementation of environmental control and protective measures and
monitoring of such implementation.
* To suggest
a
feedback
mechanism
enabling
to
make mid -
course corrections.
* To prepare a capital cost estimate and annual recurring cost
for
Environmental Management Plan.
1.7
METHODOLOGY FOR EIA
M/s. Udaipur Min–Tech Pvt. Ltd. was assigned the job of conduction of
EIA report of the proposed Saraswati & Sagarmati River Bed mining
project of sand (Bajri) Tehsil – Pisangan of District – Ajmer, State –
Rajasthan of Shri Arjun Singh.
The study was conducted within 10 Km radius from the proposed mine as
center. The base line data collection involves the data’s of air quality,
water status, land use, socio-economic structure of the study area, existing
flora, fauna, prevailing noise levels, along with the physiographical status
and meteorological conditions of the area. The current report is based on
46
the mining technique, air emissions, waste water generation and
discharge, and solid waste management.
Effective plans to mitigate the adverse impacts and suggestive pollution
control measures along with environmental management plan have been
summarized.
1.8
SCOPE OF THE STUDY
The terms of reference on the basis of which the EIA has been prepared
are given below:
1.8.1 Data generation
The data has been generated by M/s Udaipur Min-Tech Pvt. Ltd, and M/s
Eco Laboratories & Consultation Pvt. Ltd. Mohali, (Punjab), in accordance
with the requirement of statutory agencies. The monitoring and testing
has been done as per the guidelines of MoEF and the IS standards.
Monitoring has been conducted for the following parameters:
TABLE 1.3: DATA GENERATION
S.
No
1.0
1.1
2.0
Description
AIR
Ambient air monitoring (24 hourly
samples), twice a week for 3
months for one season.
Parameters:PM10,SO2, NOx,
Meteorological parameters will be
measured at hourly duration
simultaneously
at
one
air
monitoring station for 3 months
Parameters:
a. Wind speed, direction
b. Relative humidity
c. Temperature
d. Cloudiness
e. Rainfall
WATER
Water/effluents sample to be
collected from each of the various
No. of
locations
Total No. of
samples
11
264
1
90 days
7 Ground
water
7 Ground
water
47
3.0
4.0
5.0
locations (surface and ground
water) in core and buffer zone (10
km radius).
Parameters:
Water/effluents:
tested
for
physical
and
chemical
and
biological parameters as well as
according to applicable standards.
SOIL
NOISE
Hourly readings taken for 24
hours (Leq)
TRAFFIC DENSITY
6
6
11
11 sets
1
1 set
1.8.2 Data Collection
The EIA study is being done for the Applied Mine Lease (core zone) and
area within 10 km radius (buffer zone), both of which comprise the ‘study
area. The following data, through field survey and other sources, has been
collected by Udaipur Min-Tech Pvt. Ltd, for preparing the EIA/EMP for
the proposed mining area with related facilities.
i
Details of wild fauna and flora within a distance of 10 km from the
project site and information about forests, if any.
ii.
Eco-sensitive places, sanctuaries, biosphere reserves within 10 km
radius.
iii.
Major industries within 10 km radius.
iv.
Religious places / historical monuments and tourist places within
10 km radius.
v.
Land use pattern within core zone and buffer zone (10 km radius
around the core zone) based on census and satellite image and cropping
pattern.
vi.
Demography and Socio-economic based on last available Census
data for entire study area.
vii.
Relevant meteorological data, for previous decades from Indian
Meteorological Department (IMD)
viii.
Study of present environmental protection and mitigation
measures in nearby operating similar projects, if any.
48
ix.
Geo-hydrological aspects based on available data from various
secondary sources.
x.
Identification of water bodies, hills, roads etc. within 10 km
radius.
1.8.3 Preparation of EMP
The EMP will include the following details:
a.
Study of the reports like Geological report, Feasibility Report or
mining plan made available by the client.
b.
Present Environmental Setting
The base line data generated and collected as per para 1.8 will be
used to establish the present environment scenario.
c.
Identification, prediction and evaluation of Anticipated
Environmental Impact due to the proposed Mine and related facilities.
The environmental impacts would be anticipated in core and buffer zone
on:
-
Topography and drainage
-
Climate
-
Water quality(Surface/Ground)
-
Hydro-geological Regime
-
Air quality
-
Noise Levels
-
Flora and Fauna
-
Traffic density
-
Land-Use
-
Socio-Economic Conditions
-
Habitat
-
Health, culture, human environment including public health,
occupational health and safety.
-
Sensitive Places/Historical Monuments.
The impacts would be anticipated based on experience of similar
projects.
49
d.
Proposed Environmental Safeguards and Monitoring Mechanism.
Relevant guidelines as per Environment Impact Assessment (EIA)
Notification issued in January 1994 and subsequently on 14 th September
2006 under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 will be kept in mind
while spelling out mitigation measures.
The following aspects would be covered
i.
Reclamation of areas disturbed during mining but not required for
any activity after exhaustion of reserves.
ii.
Measures to control the surface and ground water pollution
due to various effluents to be discharged, if any.
iii.
Measures
to
control
air
pollution
due
to
proposed
activities/operation.
iv.
Green belt development plan and reclamation plan of mine.
v.
Measures to contain noise pollution & mitigate adverse impact on
workers and habitat in core and buffer zone.
vi.
Pronounce the improvement in socio-economic conditions &
benefits the people will get on implementation of the project.
vii.
Measures to control health hazard of workers and surrounding
population.
viii.
Total and specific cost of control measures.
ix.
Environmental monitoring, implementation organization and
feedback mechanism to effect mid-course corrections.
x.
Identification of flora species which can be planted in and around
the project.
1.9
TERMS OF REFERENCE
The term of reference have been issued by MOEF, New Delhi, vide letter
no. J-11015/326/2013-IA.II (M) dated 22.11.2013, for preparation of an
Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) Report in respect of the project by
Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) of MoEF, New Delhi and is enclosed
as Annexure No. I.
=========*******=========
50
CHAPTER – II
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1 BRIEF DESCRIPTION & NATURE OF THE PROJECT:
Mining of Ordinary Sand (Bajri) is proposed in the Saraswati River &
Sagarmati River bed, the applied lease area is 163.4503 ha (Govt. Land,).
Mining will be carried out by opencast semi-mechanized method. The
Bajri will be loaded manually on tractor trolley. Proposed production is 11,
20,000 Tons per annum of Sand.
2.2
NEED OF THE PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO THE
COUNTRY AND OR REGION:
The basic objective of the project is to effective utilization of Mineral in the
country and /or region. With the development and industrialization has
enhanced the demand of building material in last 10-15 years. Mainly in
infrastructure projects like highways, buildings, township etc., which has
raised the demand of Sand beside of the mineral. Sand mining not only
provides the building material but also employment, economic growth of
the state that will ultimately enhance the socio-economic status of the
people of the region / area. The production of minerals will benefit to the
State in the form of Royalty. Apart from this, the project will generate
direct and indirect employment opportunities from the nearby villages.
Also, the mine management will conduct medical camps at regular interval
in the nearby villages and will help in providing infrastructure like school
furniture, water tankers, etc.
2.3 LOCATION
TABLE 2.1: LOCATION OF THE PROJECT
S. No.
Particulars
Details
1
River Name
2
Project name
River Bed mining project of
Ordinary sand (Bajri)
51
3
Near village
4
Tehsil
5
District
6
State
7
Govindgarh,
Akhepura,
Jaswantpura,
Pisangan,
Budhwada, Nuriawas.
Pisangan
Ajmer
Rajasthan
Block No.
Latitude
Longitude
Saraswati nadi Block I
26027’23.63” to
74023’42.90” to
of 51.3618 Ha.
26027’36.75”N
74025’14.18’’ E
Sagarmati nadi Block
26022’16.96” to
74026’01.10”E to
II of 112.0885 Ha
26021’57.32”N
74028’03.70’’ E
2.4 PHYSIOGRAPHY
The topography of the applied area is mainly plain land marked with
shallow nallah and undulations. In block I, Saraswati River the higher
elevation is 397 mRL near village Akhepura and lower elevation point is
390 mRL near village Govindgarh in the applied area. In block II,
Sagarmati River the higher elevation point id 418 mRL near village
Nuriyawas and lower elevation point is 411 mRL near village Budhwara.
The drainage of this area in general flowing from east towards west.
2.5 DRAINAGE:
Drainage pattern of the area is dendritic. The applied lease area part of
the Saraswati & Sagarmati River. The drainage of this area in general
flowing from east towards west.
2.6 DEMANDS-SUPPLY GAP:
There is large demand of sand for construction activities in the region.
Demand of the sand is fulfilled by this project of the follow grade to
various end users in the open market. The entire Sand produced will be
used in the construction of roads, building and other infrastructures.
52
2.7 DOMESTIC/EXPORT MARKETS
The total production from the applied mine will be directly transported by
tractor trolley provided by the transport contractors to local market. In
India Bajri is extensively used in construction for infrastructure
developments. Hence with the advent of growth and development of mega
infrastructural projects in the state of Rajasthan, the demand of Bajri is
on a high-rise. The local region demand is increasing; hence newer areas
for Bajri reserves are approached.
2.8 THE ALTITUDE OF THE AREA
Toposheet No. with Latitude and Longitude – The applied lease area
forms a part of Survey of India topo-sheet no. 45J/6, 7 & 11 (adjoining
each other). In block I, Saraswati River the higher elevation is 397 mRL
near village Akhepura and lower elevation point is 390 mRL near village
Govindgarh in the applied area. In block II, Sagarmati River the higher
elevation point id 418 mRL near village Nuriyawas and lower elevation
point is 411 mRL near village Budhwara. The applied lease is located at
following latitude and longitudes:
TABLE 2.2: COORDINATE OF THE APPLIED LEASE AREA
Block No.
Latitude
Longitude
Saraswati nadi Block I
26027’23.63” to
74023’42.90” to
of 51.3618 Ha.
26027’36.75”N
74025’14.18’’ E
Sagarmati nadi Block
26022’16.96” to
74026’01.10”E to
II of 112.0885 Ha
26021’57.32”N
74028’03.70’’ E
TABLE 2.3: LENGTH & WIDTH OF THE APPLIED LEASE AREA.
Name of River
Saraswati River
Sagarmati River
Length
(mtr.)
2796.0
3529.0
Width (mtr)
Max.
Min.
670
171
584
62
53
2.9
REGIONAL GEOLOGY & LOCAL GEOLOGY
2.9.1 Regional Geology:Geologically, the rocks in Pisangan region fall into Ajmer Province, chiefly
occupied by the Bhilwara and Delhi Supergroups, which have been further
divided into several groups and formations.
The rock of Bhilwara Super group occurs from Deyi in the north-east
through Kishangarh to Sarwar area, underlying the marwar plains and
comprises
meta-sedimentary
sequences
with
associated
magmatic
complex and igneous rocks. The main Aravali range extending from
Rupnagar in north to Todgarh in south is occupied by the rocks of Delhi
Super group which comprises calcareous, argillaceous and arenaceous
meta-sedimentary sequences with associated basic volcanics and igneous
rocks.
The rocks of the district have been complexly folded and faulted,
metamorphosed and migmatised during orogenic episodes related to
different geological cycles.
The geological sequence worked out by G.S.I. is given as under.
Erinpura granites
Sendra Ambaji granite gneisses
Post Delhi Intrusives
Kishangarh syenite
Delhi Super
Group
Phulad ophiolite suit
Kumbhal
garh Group
Gogunda
Group
Barr Formation
Kotra Formation
Beawar Formation
Sendra Formation
Todgarh Formation
Kelwara Formation
Antalia Formation
Ajab
garh
Group
Ajmer
Formation
Alwar
Group
Nau- lakha
Formation
Srinagar
Formation
54
Intrusive
Bhilwara Super
Group
Sawar Group
Morhi Formation
Giyan Asind Acid
Rocks
Rajpur-jalayan Mafic
Rocks
Mangalwar
Complex Kekri
Formation
Sandmata Complex
Banranch formation
2.9.2 Local Geology:
The area in vicinity of the lease area consists of Amphibolite Gneisses and
Schistose rocks. These rocks play host to Acidic and Ultrabasic rocks of
North-Delhi Fold Belt system. There are outcrops of Feld spathic rocks
along with a thin cover of Soil. The general trend observed in the rocks is
consistent with Delhi’s; i.e. NE-SW. The folded strata appear as ridges
and mounds above the topography. The sand deposit in the lease area is
brought in from the up-river basin where rock types like Sandstones and
Quartzite’s occur which contribute as a source to sand in the river.
2.10
ESTIMATION OF RESERVE & MINEABLE RESERVE:
Since the Bajri is available in whole sanctioned area, the complete area is
mineralized zone. Following points should be kept in mind while
calculating the reserve.
 About 3m deep has been taken under the proved category.
 Average 3m depth is considered as the probable category.
 1.4 tones/ m3 has been taken as specific gravity of Bajri.
Reserve Estimation:
To understand the structural configuration and working of Bajri, geology
of the area, surface geological mapping has been prepared on a scale of
1:20000. Geological cross section is also drawn and a longitudinal section
is prepared on a scale 1:1000(V), 1:20000(H) so as to understand the
structural configuration of the mineral Bajri. The base line information for
the computation of reserve has been generated based on geological
55
information and parameters observed during the field visit, the surface
geological plan and also the geological section. Based on the survey, the
estimated reserves have been categorized in proved category. The reserve
has been calculated by cross sectional method.
Measured Category – 331
Name of River
Saraswati
River Block I
Sagarmati
River Block II
Bulk density – 1.6
Length
Width
Thickness
Volume
MT=(Vol. *
(m)
(m)
(m)
(cum)
Bulk density)
2796
341
3.0
2860308
4576492.8
3529
294
3.0
3112478
4980124.8
5972886
9556617.6
Total
Measured Reserves
(331)
95566617.6 MT
Losses along Statutory Barrier zone (211)
392976 MT
Losses due to Public Road
292896 MT
(211)
Total
685872 MT
Remaining Reserves
(111)
8870745.6 MT
Feasibility Assessment: Measured & indicated resource category
Proved resources are 8870745.6 MT and Indicated resources are
calculated as 685872 MT.
Mineable reserve:
Estimation of Reserves* out of Measured & Indicated Mineral Resources
Sr.
Resource Type
UNFC
Tonnage
no
(Intrinsically Economic)
Code
MT
1
Proved Mineral resources
(111)
8870745.6
2
Indicated Mineral resources
(211)
685872
Total Resources
9556617.6
56
Life of Mine;
Life of mine is estimated at 8870745.6 tones/ 1120000 per annum = 7.92
years.
2.11
YEAR WISE DEVELOPMENT FOR THE FIRST FIVE YEARS
First Year (2013-14)
During first year of mining development work will comprise of
a. Construction of office, rest shelter, first aid station and other facilities
b. Development of approach road.
c. Plantation of sapling over 5 hectare area
d. Wire fence around proposed plantation site
Second Year (2014-15)
During second year of mining development work will comprise of
a. Development of approach road.
b. Plantation of sapling over 5 hectare area
c. Wire fence around proposed plantation site
Third Year (2015-16)
During third year of mining development work will comprise of
Fourth Year (2016-17)
During fourth year of mining development work will comprise of
Fifth Year (2017-18)
During fifth year of mining development work will comprise of
57
TABLE 2.4: YEAR WISE SEQUENTIAL PLAN
Name of
River
First year
Saraswati
River
Block No.
I
Sagarmati
River
Block No.
II
Length Width Thickness Volume
(m)
(m)
(m)
(Cum)
306
378
3.0
290
406
3.0
Total
Second year
Saraswati
River
Block No.
I
Sagarmati
River
Block No.
II
457
3.0
411300
658080
330
292
3.0
289080
462528
700380
1120608
320
506
3.0
485760
777216
265
270
3.0
214650
343440
700410
1120656
Total
Fourth Year
Saraswati
River
284
526
Block No.
I
Sagarmati
River
311
270
Block No.
II
Total
Fifth Year
Saraswati
324
444
River
3.0
3.0
3.0
Remarks
Near
village
Govindgarh,
347004 555206.4
Akhepura,
Jaswantpura
Near
village
Pisangan,
353220 565152
Budhwara,
Nuriyawas
700224 1120358
300
Total
Third Year
Saraswati
River
Block No.
I
Sagarmati
River
Block No.
II
M.T.=
(Vol. *
B.D.)
Near
village
Govindgarh,
Akhepura,
Jaswantpura
Near
village
Pisangan,
Budhwara,
Nuriyawas
Near
village
Govindgarh,
Akhepura,
Jaswantpura
Near
village
Pisangan,
Budhwara,
Nuriyawas
Near
village
Govindgarh,
448152 717043.2
Akhepura,
Jaswantpura
Near
village
Pisangan,
251910 403056
Budhwara,
Nuriyawas
700062 1120099
431568 690508.8
Near
village
Govindgarh,
58
Block No.
I
Sagarmati
River
Block No.
II
332
270
3.0
Total
2.12
268920
430272
700488
1120781
Akhepura,
Jaswantpura
Near
village
Pisangan,
Budhwara,
Nuriyawas
METHOD OF MINING
The method of mining will be opencast semi-mechanized a loading gang of
4 persons are deputed to load Bajri with the help of spade and basket to
the waiting tractor trolley and unloaded to Bajri stack yard.
The vehicle for transport of sand (Bajri) from stack yard to the destination
is provided by the contractor. It is proposed that a JCB model 3D loader
cum excavator, tyre mounted shall be used for loading of material only.
2.13
The rotational mining shall be adopted to facilitate the replenishment of
the excavated pits during rainy season. Thus the mineable area has been
divided in two blocks i.e. the upstream block and the downstream block.
The Mining of these two blocks is suggested on rotation basis in such a
way that pit of previous year mining will act as depository for the
monsoon season. Sand is extracted from the said lot during one year; more
than the extracted quantity of the same are automatically replenished by
rainfall in the monsoon by the river/ nallah itself on account of its flow
and velocity.
Replenishment Study of the area: A. Dandy & Bolton formula for calculation of Sediment Yield:
Dandy Bolton formula is often used to check whether the sedimentation
yield exceeds the replenishment rate but the whole question is whether
there is adequate monitoring of the river basin, the answer is no as
hydrological stations are sparsely spread. The formula uses catchment
59
area and mean annual runoff as key determinants to give a yield value. It
does not differentiate in basin wide smaller streams and their
characteristics. CWC distinguishes river basins as classified and nonclassified, as per the latest hydrological data for unclassified River basins;
there are 122 GDSW (Gauge, Discharge, Sediment & Water Quality) sites
in 12 such basins, the number was 147 in 2005. This brings in context the
whole issue of scientific mining, thereby indicating that the monitoring of
sediment yield in rivers / streams within the river basins is essential to
arrive at extraction rates and express and conduct environmental studies
based on these basin wide characteristics which should become part of the
‘Terms of Reference’.
B. Sediment Yield versus Drainage Area
Dandy and Bolton studied sedimentation data from about 1500 reservoirs,
ponds, and sediment detention basins. In developing their formulas, they
used data from about 800 of these reservoirs with drainage areas greater
than or equal to 1 mi2. The smaller watersheds-those of drainage area
less than 1 mi2-were excluded because of their large variability of
sediments yield, reflecting the diverse effects of soils, local terrain,
vegetation, land use, and agricultural practices.
For drainage areas between 1 and 30,000 mi2,Dandy and Bolton found
that the annual sediment yield per unit area was inversely related to the
0.16 power of the drainage area: In which S= sediment yield in tons per
square mile per year; SR = Reference sediment yield corresponding to a 1mi2 drainage area, equal to 1645 tons per year; A = drainage area in
square miles; and AR = reference drainage area (1 mi2)
C. Sediments Yield versus Mean Annual Runoff
Dandy and Bolton studied sedimentation data from 505 reservoirs having
mean annual runoff data. Annual sediment yield per unit area was shown
to increase sharply as mean annual runoff Q increased from 0 to 2 in.
60
Thereafter, for mean annual runoff from 2 to 50 in. annual sediment yield
per unit area decreased exponentially.
This led to the following equations.
For Q <2 in.:
For Q >2 in.:
In which QR = reference mean annual runoff QR = 2 in.
Dandy and Bolton combined Eqs. 15-10 and 15-11 into a set of equations
to express sediment yield in terms of drainage area and mean annual
runoff.
For Q <2 in.:
For Q >2 in.:
Sec: 15.2 Sediment Productions.
For SR = 1645 tons/mi2/y, QR = 2 in., and AR = 1 mi2, Eq. 15-12 reduces
to the followings:
For Q <2 in.: S = 1280 Q0.46(1.43 – 0.26 log A)
For Q >2 in.: S = 1965e-0.055Q(1.43 – 0.26 log A)
Equations 5-12 and 5-13 are based on average values of grouped data;
therefore, they should be used with caution. In Certain cases, local factors
such as soils, geology, topography, land use, and vegetation may have
greater influence on sediment yield than either mean annual runoff or
drainage
area.
Nevertheless,
these
equations
provide
a
first
approximation to be regional assessment of sediment yield for watershed
planning purposes.
Source of sand in proposed blocks of Saraswati & Sagarmati River
The Luni is a river of western Rajasthan state, India. It originates in the
Pushkar valley of the Aravalli Range, near Ajmer and ends in the marshy
lands of Rann of Kutch in Gujarat, after travelling a distance of 495 km. It
is first known as Sagarmati, then after passing Govindgarh, it meets its
61
tributary Saraswati, which originates from Pushkar Lake, and from then
on it gets its name Luni.
The Luni River flows in the western part of India in the state of
Rajasthan. It rises in the Pushkar valley of the Aravalli Range at an
elevation of five hundred fifty metres near Ajmer.
The river then flows in the southwest direction through the hills and
plains of the Marwar region in Rajasthan. So the direction in which it
flows is from north-east to south-west.
Slow shifting of river Saraswati & Sagarmati towards west left behind
several meter deep sand deposits, which was subsequently covered by
alluvium consisting sand, silt and clay to form topsoil.
Calculation of Sediment Yield

Applied lease area (under river bed) – 163.4503 ha.

Proposed working area in operational phase: 118.0 ha.

Proposed production: 11, 20,000 TPA of Sand.

Drainage basin area of river Saraswati – 251.36 km2 & Sagarmati –
150.68 km2.

Normal Annual Rainfall: 453.2 mm.
With above inputs, the calculation of the sediment yield by the Dandy and
Bolton formula is illustrated below:
TABLE 2.5: REPLENISHMENT CALCULATION OF APPLIED LEASE
AREA
Blocks
Saraswati
River Block
No. 1
Sagarmati
River Block
No. 2
Q
(Mean annual
rainfall in mm)
A
(catchment Area
in km2)
S (Sediment yield)
(tons/year)
453.2
251.36
59250.22
453.2
150.68
37765.02
62
With above formula the value of S about 97015.04 tons/year in block no. 1
& in block no. 2.
Significant feature of Mining
 The mining shall be done opencast with semi-mechanized method. JCB
cum loader will be used for loading of material.
 The working period for mining will be 280 days (approximately nine
months) and during rainy season no mining shall be undertaken.
 The removal of sand in the applied lease area would be confined to day
time i.e. 9 A.M. to 5 P. M.
2.14 EMPLOYMENT GENERATION:
The mining activity in the applied lease area will involve contractual
labor. About 857 workers will be engaged in mining of Bajri; loading of
material into tractor trolleys by labors/ JCB. The Bajri will be transport
and directly sold. For mining 4000 MT/day, The vehicle for transport of
Bajri from mine to the destination is provided by the contractor. The
workmen to load also are employed from a contractor. Sometimes extra
loads which are not booked by the buyers are unloaded at the Stack yard
made for temporary storage of Bajri for a day or two.
The mining project will generate direct & indirect employment. About 857
people will get direct employment in working places and 25 – 30 people
will also be affected indirectly and employed with allied and related
industries, such as transportation, maintenance, etc.
2.15
WASTE GENERATION
There is no top soil, overburden or waste to be encountered in the area.
Waste disposal is not required and not proposed.
63
2.16
TRANSPORTATION
The vehicle (tractor trolley) for transport of sand from stack yard to the
destination will be provided by the contractor.
The applied lease area is having gentle slope with the gradient of 2 to 3
degrees hence, for the movement of tractors can be made and maintained
in any part of the applied lease area.
The loaded tractor trolleys would carry the material directly sold. About
4000 metric tons of Bajri would be required to be moved daily.
The loaded tractor trolleys would carry the material directly sold. About
4000 metric tons of Bajri would be required to be moved daily.
The material will be transported from two different working blocks,
which is shown in Transportation Route Map.
64
FIGURE 2.1: TRANSPORTATION ROUTE MAP
65
2.17 ANTICIPATED LIFE OF MINE
There is no specific life of the applied mine area as the area under
reference is open and barren river bed of the river and whatever quality of
sand are extracted from the said lot during one year; more than the
extracted quantity of the same are automatically replenished in next
coming years by the rainfall itself on account of its flow and velocity.
2.18 USE OF MINERAL
 Sand is mainly consumed by infrastructure & housing industries and
development.
 Whereas sand and Bajri is directly used for all construction works.
 Sand is used for mainly for construction work with cement or lime
mortar.
 The specifications of average grade of Bajri is that it should be gravel
free and of desired porosity. It should be siliceous in nature.
2.19 UTILITIES AND PROPOSED SITE FACILITIES
A. Power Supply:
The electric power supply is not available at applied mine site, while in
the nearby /study area electricity is available. No electricity is required for
mine operations.
B. Man Power
Total manpower required for the project is approx. 857 persons. The
mining project will generate direct & indirect employment. About 857
people will get direct employment in working places and 25 – 30 people
will also be affected indirectly and employed with allied and related
industries, such as transportation, maintenance, etc.
66
C. Office :
The owner has common office cum store will be available along the
applied lease area. A store and yard is required near the office to keep
tools etc.
D. First Aid Facility
Although the river bed mining project does not involve any major risks
but a first aid room with proper equipment will be maintained as per
Mines Act and Mine Rules at the mine site office. First aid-box with all
necessary facilities will be maintained and provided. A fully fledged
dispensary with qualified doctor will be maintained.
E. Washrooms
Washrooms will be provided separately for male/ female workers as per
Mine Rules.
F. Water:
Water requirement for domestic/drinking purpose is fulfilled through the
nearby villages/dug wells in river beds. The total water requirement for
the project is estimated 20 KLD. Water for mining operation (dust
suppression) and for domestic & drinking purpose will be supplied with
the help dug well situated in the nearby village and water tankers.
TABLE 2.6: PEAK WATER REQUIREMENT
Purpose
Requirement (KLD)
Drinking & others
7.0
Dust Suppression
7.0
Plantation
6.0
Total
20.0
67
FIGURE 2.2: WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM
TOTAL WATER REQUIREMENT
20.0 KLD
Dug well
Dust supper.
7.0 KLD
Sanitation &
Drinking 7.0 KLD
Plantation
6.0 KLD
0.5 m3 / day
No outflow
Septic tank- Soak Pit
No outflow
======******=======
68
CHAPTER – III
3.1
GENERAL
3.1.1 Study area
Exploitation of mineral resources from the land through mining causes
environmental and ecological instability, severe land degradation besides
biological physical and socio-economic imbalance. The impact of the
mining activities can be quantified through Environmental Impact
Assessment Studies within the impact zone. The findings of EIA studies
help
in
preparation of the environmental
management
plan
for
mitigating the adverse impacts.
For the purpose of studying the baseline status of the environment,
core zone and buffer zone are considered for Impact Assessment. The
core area for the purpose comprises Saraswati & Sagarmati applied lease
area of 163.4503 Hect. The buffer zone comprises a 10 km from around the
core area.
This section contains a description of the existing baseline environmental
status of the area surrounding Saraswati & Sagarmati River, the data
collected has been used to define the environmental scenario of the area,
against which the potential impacts of the project has been assessed.
3.1.2 Sources of Environmental Data
The baseline information on meteorology, ambient air quality, water
quality, noise levels, soil quality and floristic descriptions are largely
drawn from the data generated by M/s Udaipur Min-Tech Pvt. Ltd, M/s
Eco Laboratories & Consultants Pvt. Ltd. Mohali, (Punjab), and (NABL
Accredited Lab). Long term meteorological data recorded at the nearest
IMD station, Jaipur was collected. Apart from these, secondary data have
been collected from Census Handbook, Revenue Records, Statistical
69
Department, Soil Survey and Land use Organization, District Industries
Centre, Forest Department, Central Ground Water Authority, etc. The
generation of primary data as well as collection of secondary data and
information from the site and surroundings was carried out during winter
season i.e. December, 2013 to February, 2014.
3.1.3
Aspect Studied
As per the gazette notification dated 14th September 2006 and
guidelines of CPCB, the study area was demarked. The
conducted
within a
radius
of 10 km
study
was
within applied mine as center.
The study period defined is December, 2013 to February, 2014.
The discipline covered by the baseline data collection programme includes
the following:Topography, Physiography, Hydrological aspects, Atmospheric condition,
Biological environment, Land use, cropping pattern & Socioeconomic
aspects.
3.1.4
Presentation
Each of the aspects listed above considered ahead in a sequential manner.
Data Collected during the baseline study period are given ahead and
provides a sound knowledge of the existing environment.
3.2
The study area includes the villages of Pisangan Tehsil within 10 Kms.
radius from the mine as center.
TABLE 3.1: STUDY AREA AT A GLANCE
S. No.
Particulars
1.0
General Particulars
1.1
1.2
Details
Latitude
Longitude
Saraswati nadi Block I of 51.3618 Ha.
70
26027’23.63”
to
26027’36.75”N
74023’42.90” to
74025’14.18’’ E
Sagarmati nadi Block II of 112.0885 Ha
26022’16.96” to 26021’57.32”N
74026’01.10”E to
74028’03.70’’ E
1.3
Tehsil
Pisangan
1.4
District H.Q.
2.0
Demography
2.1
Total Population
113381
Male
57776
Female
55605
2.2
Literates
59915
2.3
No. of Household
21281
2.4
No. of Villages
3.0
Land Use Pattern (Ha.)
3.1
Agriculture Plantation
5746.81
3.2
Crop Land
24723.31
3.3
Fallow Land
5317.47
3.4
River
1380.22
3.5
Scrub Land
13022.15
3.6
Forest Plantation
1292.63
3.7
Forest
3015.28
3.8
Water Bodies
3.9
Waste Land
3654.67
3.10
Habitation
549.59
3.11
Wet Land
4876.24
3.12
Open Scrub Land
1537.16
Ajmer
53
27.14
Total
65342.66
4.0
Climatology (Dec., 2013 – Feb., 2014)
4.1
Total rainfall in mm.
31.00
4.2
Mean monthly maximum temp. °C
29.4
71
4.3
Mean monthly minimum temp. °C
4.4
Relative humidity %
3.3
TOPOGRAPHY
3.3.1
Existing Conditions
3.0
15 to 99 %
shallow nallah and undulations. In block I, i.e. Saraswati River the higher
elevation is 397 mRL at near village Akhepura and lower elevation point
is 390 mRL at near village Govindgarh in the applied area. In block II,
Sagarmati River the higher elevation point is 418 mRL at near village
Nuriyawas and lower elevation point is 411 mRL at near village
Budhwara. The drainage of this area in general flowing from east towards
west.
FIGURE 3.1: TOPOGRAPHY OF THE RIVER BED MINING AREA
Refer Figure 3.2: Topography Map of the Study Area.
72
FIGURE 3.2: TOPOGRAPHY MAP OF THE STUDY AREA
73
FIGURE 3.3: FIELD VISIT BY EIA COORDINATOR
3.4 CLIMATIC CONDITION
Mean annual rainfall (1987-2006) of the district is 453.2 mm whereas
normal rainfall (1901-70) is lower than average rainfall and placed at
433.8. Almost 95% of the total annual rainfall is received during the
southwest monsoon, which enters the district in the last week of June and
withdraws in the middle of September. Probability of average annual
rainfall exceeding 300 mm is only 90%, except at Mangliawas. However,
74
there is 10% probability that the average rainfall exceed 600 mm. Drought
analysis based on agriculture criteria indicates that the district is prone to
mild and normal type of droughts. Severe and very severe type of drought
is very rare and occurred only twice during 1987 & 2002 (Srinagar); 1977
& 1987 (Todgarh); & 1991 & 1993 (Vijaynagar).
January is the coldest month with mean maximum and minimum
temperatures being lowest at 22.70 C & 7.60 C. Temperature in summer
month, June, reaches up to 39.50 C. There is drop in temperature due to
onset of monsoon and rises again in the month of September.
Atmosphere is generally dry except during the monsoon period. The
humidity is highest in August with mean daily relative humidity 80%. The
annual potential evapotranspiration in the district is 1565.6 mm and is
the highest in the month of May (243 mm).
Source: CGWB, Ajmer
3.5 PHYSIOGRAPHY
3.5.1 Relief
shallow nallah and undulations. In block I, Saraswati River the higher
elevation is 397 mRL near village Akhepura and lower elevation point is
390 mRL near village Govindgarh in the applied area. In block II,
Sagarmati River the higher elevation point id 418 mRL near village
Nuriyawas and lower elevation point is 411 mRL near village Budhwara.
3.5.2
Drainage:
Drainage pattern of the area is dendritic.
The lease area part of the
Saraswati & Sagarmati River. The drainage of this area in general
flowing from east towards west.
Refer Figure 3.4: Drainage Pattern of the Study Area.
75
FIGURE 3.4 DRAINAGE PATTERN OF THE STUDY AREA
76
3.6
The rotational mining shall be adopted to facilitate the replenishment of the
excavated pits during rainy season. Thus the mineable area has been
divided in two blocks i.e. the upstream block and the downstream block. The
Mining of these two blocks is suggested on rotation basis in such a way that
pit of previous year mining will act as depository for the monsoon season.
Sand is extracted from the said lot during one year; more than the extracted
quantity of the same are automatically replenished by rainfall in the
monsoon by the river/ nallah itself on account of its flow and velocity.
3.7
HUMAN SETTLEMENT
There is no human settlement within the applied lease area. Total 53
villages with 21281 household within the study area with population of
113381.
3.8 HYDROLOGICAL ASPECTS
Hydrology
Major water bearing formations are alluvium, schist, gneiss, granites,
limestone and phyllite of Bhilwara Supergroup & Delhi Supergroup. Ground
water occurs under unconfined to semi-confined conditions in weathered and
fractured part of the consolidated formation. These form generally poor
aquifers compared to alluvium.
Granite gneiss covers 4811 sq km (56.73%) and found in the eastern part
falling in Kekri, Arain, Bhinia and parts of Masuda, Srinagar, Silora and
Jawaja blocks. Quality of water varies from potable to brackish. Yield is
generally poor and varies from 30 to 90 m3/day.
77
Schist is confined to 2,690 sq km (31.72%) in the western part of the district
falling in parts of Pisangan, Srinagar, Silora, Masuda and Jawaja blocks.
Open wells tapping schist yield 40 to 80 m3/day whereas wells located along
the intrusions of quartz vein and pegmatites yield 100 to 170 m3/day.
Alluvium covers only 494 sq. km (5.83%) and found at isolated locations in
eastern (Kekri block) & western part (Pisangan, Srinagar & Silora block) of
78
the district. Thickness of alluvium near Srinagar is 20 m whereas in the
Roopnagar valley it is quite thick and extends up to 40m. Yield of tube wells
in alluvium varies from 50 to 150 m3/day.
Quartzite forms aquifer is different disconnected areas of limited extent in
topographic lows in the western part of the district in the vicinity of
Roopnagar, Kishangarh, Ajmer, Beawar and west of Nasirabad. Yield of
wells tapping quartzite very from 40 to 100 m3/day.
Source –CGWB, Ajmer
3.8.1
Introduction
Local hydrological parameters and ground level water levels are not
affected due to mining activity in the area.
3.8.2 Ground Water Condition
The ground water level in the area of River Saraswati & Sagarmati River
varies on an average from 20 meters to 25 meters near the riverbed and
increases towards.
ATMOSPHERIC CONDITION
Atmospheric conditions include meteorological condition and ambient air
quality of the study area. Meteorological conditions with respect to wind
velocity and direction in the study area was determined by IMD station
Jaipur. The required data for interpretation the ambient air quality of the
study area was generated by establishing a monitoring network. Regular
field observations as per the norms of MoEF and CPCB were taken from the
established monitoring stations.
3.9
METEOROLOGY
Introduction
Meteorological
factors
such
as
wind
speed;
direction
variation
in
temperature, humidity etc. play a direct role in dispersion of pollutants
79
atmospheric pressure, rainfall and cloud cover also govern this activity.
Other factors such as terrain and local topography also take part in
atmospheric dispersion. Meteorology plays a vital role in affecting the
dispersion of pollutants. Since meteorological factors show wide fluctuations
with time, meaningful interpretation can be drawn only from long term
reliable data. Such source of data is the Indian Meteorological Department
(IMD), which maintains a network of meteorological stations at several
important locations. The nearest IMD stations Jaipur, which is about 183
km from the Pisangan Tehsil Headquarter. Meteorological information
available for this station is temperature, humidity, rainfall, wind speed and
wind direction. The data recorded at Jaipur IMD station for the period
December, 13 to February, 14 are summarized in below table.
3.9.1 Meteorological Data’s from IMD Jaipur
The data recorded at Jaipur for the study period December, 2013 to
February, 2014 are temperature and relative humidity were recorded during
the study period which are summarized in the below table.
TABLE 3.2: MEAN TEMPERATURE & RELATIVE HUMIDITY
Temperature
Relative
(°C)
Humidity (%)
Month
Wind Speed (km/hr.)
8.30 HRS.
17.30 HRS.
Max.
Min.
Max.
Min.
14
14
04
12
04
100
21
20
04
12
04
100
16
16
04
52
04
Max.
Min.
Max.
Dec., 13
28.9
4.5
98
Jan., 14
26.2
2.8
Feb., 14
28.2
7.3
Min.
Source – IMD Station (Jaipur)
3.9.2 Site Specific Meteorological Data
The data recorded at project site for the study period December, 2013 to
February, 2014 are temperature and relative humidity were recorded during
the study period which are summarized in the below table.
80
TABLE 3.3: MEAN TEMPERATURE & RELATIVE HUMIDITY
Temperature
Relative
(°C)
Humidity (%)
Month
Wind Speed (km/hr.)
8.30 HRS.
17.30 HRS.
Max.
Min.
Max.
Min.
15
12
04
10
04
99
22
22
04
10
04
99
18
18
04
20
04
Max.
Min.
Max.
Dec., 13
29.4
4.8
97
Jan., 14
26.9
3.0
Feb., 14
28.6
7.6
Min.
The mean maximum temperature ranges recorded was 29.4°C and
minimum temperature was 3.0°C during the study period. The relative
humidity is high during the study period, being generally over 99%. Wind
speed plays a dominant role in the dispersion of air pollutants. An
observation of the wind rose shows that the predominant wind directions are
east to west.
3.9.3 Wind rose
Wind speed of a site plays a vital role in predicting the extent of air
pollution. It gives a clear view about the extent to which air pollutants are
carried before they touch the ground. Wind rose is diagrammatic
representation of wind speed in a specified direction with its arms
representing sixteen directions; each arm gives a clear frequency
distribution of wind speed.
Wind roses are generated with the site meteorological information’s initially
collected. These raw data are processed with certain interpolation and
stability classes and joint frequency function are developed to eventually
reach to the development of wind roses.
Refer Figure 3.5: Wind Rose Diagram
81
FIGURE 3.5: WIND ROSE DIAGRAM
82
3.10 AMBIENT AIR ENVIRONMENT
To establish the ambient air quality the studies were carried out
during winter season of the Month December, 2013 to February, 2014.
3.10.1 Ambient Air Sampling
Ambient air quality sampling was carried out with the help of
Respirable particulate matter Sampler “ Respirable Dust Sampler” (RDS).
The data generated by M/s Eco Laboratories & Consultants Pvt. Ltd. for
ambient air quality status within 10 km. radius of the mine has been
compiled along with meteorological conditions for particulars season.
3.10.2. Location of Ambient Air Sampling Stations
Eleven sampling stations were established around the core zone within
10 km radius to study the present air quality. The locations are given
in below table and the area marked in Figure.
TABLE 3.4: LOCATION OF AMBIENT AIR MONITORING STATIONS
Station
Code.
Station Name
Location with
respect to Site
Dis. (Km) Dire.
Selection Criteria
A1
Core Zone, Block – I,
--
--
Proposed Working Block
A2
Govindgarh Village
1.0
W
A3
Leswa Village
1.5
N
Nearest habitat area in pre dominant
down wind direction.
Near proposed working block I
A4
Jaswantpura Village
1.5
E
In Upwind Direction from E
A5
Gujron Ki Dhani
5.0
E
A6
Core zone – Block – II,
--
--
Proposed Working Block
A7
500m D/W direction
0.5
W
Pre dominant downwind station
A8
Budhwara Village
1.0
N
A9
Bhanwata Village
4.0
E
A10
Lalikhera Village
6.0
SE
In Upwind Direction from S
A11
Pisangan
6.0
NW
Nearest major city of the study area
Falls in downwind direction
Falls in transportation route
Likely to have maximum incremental.
Refer Figure 3.6: Ambient Air sampling location in the study area.
83
FIGURE 3.6: AMBIENT AIR SAMPLING LOCATION IN THE STUDY AREA
84
FIGURE 3.7: PHOTOGRAPHS OF AMBIENT AIR SAMPLING IN THE
STUDY AREA
85
3.10.3. Sampling Schedule
Eight/ twenty four hourly samples were collected from each station
round the clock, twice a week for continuous three month (December, 13
to February, 2014).
3.10.4. Air quality parameter
The following parameters were analyzed for each sample.
- Particulate Matter (PM10)
- Particulate Matter (PM2.5)
- Sulphur dioxide
(SO2)
- Oxides of nitrogen (Nox)
The sampling and testing of ambient air quality parameters were
carried out as per relevant parts of IS 5182. The brief details of testing
procedure adopted are given in below table.
TABLE 3.5: PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINING VARIOUS AIR
QUALITY PARAMETERS
Parameters
Testing Procedure
Gravimetric method using Respirable particulate
PM10
matter Sampler “ Respirable Dust Sampler”
(RDS) IS:5182(Part IV)1973
PM2.5
Gravimetric method
Absorption in dil. NaOH and then estimated
NOx
calorimetrically with sulphanilamide and N(INepthyle) Ethylene diamine Dihydrochloride and
Hydrogen Peroxide(IS:5182 1975, Part VI)
Absorption in Sodium Tetra Chloro- Mercurate
SO2
followed
by
Rosaniline
Colorimetric estimation
hydrochloride
using Pand
Formaldehyde(IS:5182 Part II. 1969)
The detailed results of ambient air quality are given in table below table.
86
TABLE 3.6
Ambient Air Quality
(PM10 24-hr Concentration in µg/m3)
Station
S.
No.▼
►
Core
Zone,
Block – I,
Govindga
rh Village
Leswa
Village
Jaswantpura
Village
Gujron
Ki
Dhani
Result
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
December -2013
1.
Minimum
63.42
66.38
58.71
60.14
52.44
2.
Maximum
90.94
90.31
86.04
84.36
80.26
3.
Average
77.18
78.34
72.37
72.25
66.35
4.
98%
89.12
88.50
84.32
82.67
78.65
January - 2014
1.
Minimum
64.52
68.02
60.44
65.76
56.36
2.
Maximum
92.26
91.56
86.22
87.32
81.24
3.
Average
78.39
79.79
73.33
76.54
68.80
4.
98%
90.41
89.73
84.50
85.57
79.62
February - 2014
1.
Minimum
67.56
68.28
66.24
57.44
60.08
2.
Maximum
94.14
93.04
86.42
80.12
82.42
3.
Average
80.35
80.71
76.33
68.79
71.25
4.
98%
92.26
91.18
84.69
78.52
80.77
Source: Eco Laboratories & Consultants Pvt. Ltd.
87
Ambient Air Quality
(PM2.5 24-hr Concentration in µg/m3)
Station
S.
No.▼
►
Core
Zone,
Block – I,
Govindga
rh Village
Leswa
Village
Jaswantpura
Village
Gujron
Ki
Dhani
Result
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
December -2013
1.
Minimum
20.10
21.76
19.89
20.08
17.40
2.
Maximum
31.99
30.66
28.79
28.02
26.12
3.
Average
25.73
25.84
24.22
23.89
21.96
4.
98%
31.35
30.05
28.21
27.46
25.60
January – 2014
1.
Minimum
20.53
22.65
22.13
20.82
18.86
2.
Maximum
31.41
29.82
28.46
28.74
27.18
3.
Average
26.27
26.67
25.21
25.19
22.74
4.
98%
30.78
29.22
27.89
28.17
26.64
February – 2014
1.
Minimum
22.86
22.49
19.94
20.25
20.07
2.
Maximum
30.85
30.54
28.65
26.34
27.53
3.
Average
26.85
26.90
24.46
22.77
23.64
4.
98%
30.23
29.93
28.08
25.81
26.98
88
Ambient Air Quality
(SO2 24-hr Concentration in µg/ m3)
Station
S.
No.▼
►
Core
Zone,
Block – I,
Govindga
rh Village
Leswa
Village
Jaswantpura
Village
Gujron
Ki
Dhani
Result
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
December -2013
1.
Minimum
BDL
5.44
3.76
4.26
BDL
2.
Maximum
3.74
7.28
5.42
6.08
4.78
3.
Average
1.87
6.36
4.59
5.17
2.39
4.
98%
3.67
7.13
5.31
5.96
4.68
January – 2014
1.
Minimum
BDL
5.26
4.12
4.62
BDL
2.
Maximum
3.86
7.76
5.62
6.38
4.88
3.
Average
1.93
6.51
4.87
5.50
2.44
4.
98%
3.78
7.60
5.51
6.25
4.78
February – 2014
1.
Minimum
BDL
5.76
3.62
4.69
BDL
2.
Maximum
4.08
7.50
5.34
7.38
4.72
3.
Average
2.04
6.61
4.40
6.03
2.36
4.
98%
4.00
7.35
5.23
7.23
4.63
89
Ambient Air Quality
(NOx 24-hr Concentration in µg/ m3)
Station
S.
No.▼
►
Core
Zone,
Block – I,
Govindga
rh Village
Leswa
Village
Jaswantpura
Village
Gujron
Ki
Dhani
Result
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
December -2013
1.
Minimum
4.26
6.52
4.08
4.12
4.06
2.
Maximum
7.13
9.06
7.34
7.68
6.56
3.
Average
5.69
7.79
5.71
5.90
5.31
4.
98%
6.99
8.88
7.19
7.53
6.43
January – 2014
1.
Minimum
4.64
5.72
4.40
4.74
3.96
2.
Maximum
7.86
9.26
7.51
7.68
6.53
3.
Average
6.25
7.49
5.95
6.21
5.24
4.
98%
7.70
9.07
7.36
7.53
6.40
February – 2014
1.
Minimum
4.62
5.82
3.88
4.64
4.38
2.
Maximum
7.94
9.24
7.72
8.28
6.98
3.
Average
6.31
7.53
5.80
6.46
5.68
4.
98%
7.78
9.06
7.57
8.11
6.84
90
Ambient Air Quality
(PM10 24-hr Concentration in µg/m3)
►
Core zone,
Block – II,
500m D/W
direction
Budhwar
a Village
Bhanwata
Village
Lalikhera
Village
Pisang
an
Result
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
Station
S.
No.▼
December -2013
1.
Minimum
64.72
62.15
66.08
58.16
60.74
64.88
2.
Maximum
91.46
89.78
85.76
84.19
86.48
92.62
3.
Average
78.08
75.95
75.92
71.17
73.41
78.75
4.
98%
89.63
87.98
84.04
82.51
84.75
90.77
January – 2014
1.
Minimum
58.04
67.34
62.04
59.43
57.84
68.25
2.
Maximum
90.18
92.42
84.80
79.11
88.46
94.08
3.
Average
78.11
79.88
73.42
69.27
73.15
81.16
4.
98%
88.38
90.57
83.10
77.53
86.69
92.20
February – 2014
1.
Minimum
70.14
62.88
70.62
58.94
62.06
76.73
2.
Maximum
86.37
88.46
86.74
80.15
86.48
91.26
3.
Average
78.42
75.67
78.68
69.54
74.27
84.0
4.
98%
84.64
86.69
85.01
78.55
84.75
89.43
91
Ambient Air Quality
(PM2.5 24-hr Concentration in µg/m3)
►
Core zone,
Block – II,
500m D/W
direction
Budhwar
a Village
Bhanwata
Village
Lalikhera
Village
Pisang
an
Result
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
Station
S.
No.▼
December -2013
1.
Minimum
21.27
19.79
21.30
19.32
19.82
20.84
2.
Maximum
30.65
29.28
28.21
27.63
28.60
31.35
3.
Average
26.37
24.93
24.72
23.47
24.32
25.97
4.
98%
30.04
28.69
27.65
27.08
28.03
30.72
January – 2014
1.
Minimum
19.24
21.67
19.3
19.28
19.19
22.74
2.
Maximum
30.26
30.42
28.04
26.36
28.56
29.72
3.
Average
26.08
26.33
24.23
22.86
23.96
26.65
4.
98%
29.65
29.81
27.48
25.83
27.99
29.13
February – 2014
1.
Minimum
22.38
20.31
23.14
18.83
20.33
24.54
2.
Maximum
28.65
29.77
28.74
26.67
28.19
30.82
3.
Average
25.67
25.07
25.86
23.18
24.31
27.97
4.
98%
28.08
29.17
28.17
26.14
27.63
30.20
92
Ambient Air Quality
(SO2 24-hr Concentration in µg/ m3)
►
Core zone,
Block – II,
500m D/W
direction
Budhwar
a Village
Bhanwata
Village
Lalikhera
Village
Pisang
an
Result
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
Station
S.
No.▼
December -2013
1.
Minimum
BDL
BDL
BDL
4.06
BDL
5.28
2.
Maximum
3.86
4.04
4.18
5.24
3.84
7.94
3.
Average
1.80
2.02
2.09
4.65
1.92
6.61
4.
98%
3.78
3.96
4.10
5.14
3.76
7.78
January – 2014
1.
Minimum
BDL
BDL
BDL
4.14
BDL
5.62
2.
Maximum
4.02
4.34
4.36
5.76
4.12
8.06
3.
Average
2.01
2.17
2.18
4.95
2.05
6.84
4.
98%
3.94
4.25
4.27
5.64
4.04
7.90
February – 2014
1.
Minimum
BDL
BDL
BDL
4.12
BDL
5.52
2.
Maximum
4.32
4.16
4.46
5.74
4.58
8.46
3.
Average
2.16
2.08
2.23
4.93
2.29
6.99
4.
98%
4.23
4.08
4.37
5.63
4.49
8.29
93
Ambient Air Quality
(NOx 24-hr Concentration in µg/ m3)
►
Core zone,
Block – II,
500m D/W
direction
Budhwar
a Village
Bhanwata
Village
Lalikhera
Village
Pisang
an
Result
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
Station
S.
No.▼
December -2013
1.
Minimum
3.74
4.64
3.58
5.22
3.78
5.94
2.
Maximum
6.78
7.42
7.44
7.78
7.52
8.82
3.
Average
5.26
6.03
5.51
6.50
5.65
7.38
4.
98%
6.64
7.27
7.29
7.62
7.37
8.64
January – 2014
1.
Minimum
4.18
5.34
3.78
5.38
4.54
6.12
2.
Maximum
7.22
8.10
6.64
8.02
7.84
9.11
3.
Average
5.67
6.72
5.21
6.70
6.19
7.61
4.
98%
7.08
7.94
6.51
7.86
7.68
8.93
February – 2014
1.
Minimum
5.13
4.50
3.77
4.52
4.04
6.34
2.
Maximum
7.54
6.27
6.96
7.96
7.64
9.84
3.
Average
6.35
5.38
5.36
6.24
5.84
8.09
4.
98%
7.39
6.14
6.82
7.80
7.49
9.64
The
observed
range
of various
parameters
recorded, have been
compared with the National Ambient Quality Standards laid down by
the Central Pollution Control Board.
94
TABLE 3.7: COMPARISON OF AIR MONITORING RESULTS
Results
Core Zone,
Block – I,
Govindgar
h Village
Leswa
Village
Jaswantpura
Village
Gujron
Ki
Dhani
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
NAAQS*
Ind. &
Res. ,
Rural use
PM10 Concentration
Minimum
63.42
66.38
58.71
57.44
52.44
Maximum
94.14
93.04
86.42
87.32
82.42
Average
78.78
79.71
72.57
72.38
67.43
98% tile
92.26
91.18
84.69
PM2.5 Concentration
85.57
80.77
Minimum
20.1
21.76
19.89
20.08
17.4
Maximum
31.99
30.66
28.79
28.74
27.53
Average
26.05
26.21
24.34
24.41
22.47
98% tile
31.35
30.05
28.21
SO2 Concentration
28.17
26.98
Minimum
BDL
5.26
3.62
4.26
BDL
Maximum
4.08
7.76
5.62
7.38
4.88
Average
2.04
6.51
4.62
5.82
2.44
98% tile
4.00
7.60
5.51
NOx Concentration
7.23
4.78
Minimum
4.26
5.72
3.88
4.12
3.96
Maximum
7.94
9.26
7.72
8.28
6.98
Average
6.10
7.49
5.80
6.20
5.47
98% tile
7.78
9.07
7.57
8.11
6.84
Results
100
60
80
80
NAAQS*
Core zone,
Block – II,
500m D/W
direction
Budhwar
a Village
Bhanwata
Village
Lalikhera
Village
Pisangan
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
Ind. &
Res. ,
Rural use
PM10 Concentration
Minimum
58.04
62.15
62.04
58.16
57.84
64.88
Maximum
91.46
92.42
86.74
84.19
88.46
94.08
Average
74.75
77.29
74.39
71.18
73.15
79.48
98% tile
89.63
90.57
85.01
82.51
PM2.5 Concentration
86.69
92.20
Minimum
19.24
19.79
19.19
20.84
19.3
18.83
95
100
60
Maximum
30.65
30.42
28.74
27.63
28.6
31.35
Average
24.95
25.11
24.02
23.23
23.90
26.10
98% tile
30.04
29.81
28.17
27.08
SO2 Concentration
28.03
30.72
Minimum
BDL
BDL
BDL
4.06
BDL
5.28
Maximum
4.32
4.34
4.46
5.76
4.58
8.46
Average
2.16
2.17
2.23
4.91
2.29
6.87
98% tile
4.23
4.25
4.37
5.64
NOx Concentration
4.49
8.29
Minimum
3.74
4.5
3.58
4.52
3.78
5.94
Maximum
7.54
8.1
7.44
8.02
7.84
9.84
Average
5.64
6.30
5.51
6.27
5.81
7.89
98% tile
7.39
7.94
7.29
7.86
7.68
9.64
80
80
* NAAQS – National Ambient Air Quality Standards. 24-hr concentration
in µg/m3.
A perusal of above tables shows that PM10, PM2.5, NOx & SO2 are well
within limits prescribed for areas meant for “Residential and Rural
Use.
TABLE 3.8: RESULTS OF FREE SILICA IN PM10
Results
Core Zone,
Block – I,
Govindgarh
Village
Leswa
Village
Jaswantpura
Village
Gujron
Ki
Dhani
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
0.47
0.49
0.37
0.45
0.46
Free Silica
in PM10
Results
Free
Silica in
PM10
Core zone,
Block – II,
500m D/W
direction
Budhwar
a Village
Bhanwata
Village
Lalikhera
Village
Pisangan
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
0.51
0.43
0.37
0.48
0.52
0.39
Refer Annexure No. VIII: Copy of Results of free silica in PM10
96
3.11 NOISE ENVIRONMENT
Mining and allied activities are usually noise-prone activities. Excessive
noise levels may cause adverse effects on human being and its associated
environment including domestic animals, wild life, natural ecosystem and
structure.
The noise problem is said to exist when the sound level in the air causes
interference in human activities such as disturbance in sleep, work and
speech communication leading to annoyance. Perception of noise by
individuals varies depending on number of factors such as natural
sensitivity / hearing ability, level of exposure, time of the day, socio-cultural
activities etc. at the time of exposure to sound. The impact of noise at
community level can have different effects varying from aesthetic
impairment such as annoyance, frequent hypertension to as high as loss of
hearing. The health impact of noise on individual depends on several
factors, viz. physical dose (intensity of sound pressure level and duration of
exposure), frequency spectrum, intermittency etc. as well as human factors
like sex, age, health condition, occupational exposure etc. The background
noise levels within the mine and around it were recorded using sound meter
to establish the existing scenario.
3.11.1 Monitoring Methodology of Noise Level
Noise standards have been designated for different types of land use, i.e.
residential, commercial, industrial and silence zones, as per ‘The Noise
Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000, Notified by the Ministry of
Environment and Forests, New Delhi on February 14, 2000’. Different
standards have been stipulated during day time and night time.
The noise analysis within the study area was recorded using sound level
meter. The analysis reveals that the noise’s well within the permissible
range.
97
3.11.2 Noise Analysis within the study area
The location of Noise level monitoring is presented in below table.
TABLE 3.9: LOCATION OF NOISE MONITORING STATIONS
Station
Code.
Location with respect to Site
Station Name
Distance (Km)
Direction
N1
--
--
N2
Govindgarh Village
1.0
W
N3
Leswa Village
1.5
N
N4
Jaswantpura Village
1.5
E
N5
Gujron Ki Dhani
5.0
E
N6
--
--
N7
500m D/W direction
0.5
W
N8
Budhwara Village
1.0
N
N9
Bhanwata Village
4.0
E
N10
Lalikhera Village
6.0
SE
N11
Pisangan
6.0
NW
Refer Figure 3.8: Noise Monitoring Station in the Study Area
98
FIGURE 3.8: NOISE & TRAFFIC DENSITY MONITORING LOCATION MAP
99
FIGURE 3.9: PHOTOGRAPHS OF NOISE MONITORING IN THE
STUDY AREA
3.11.3 Noise Level Results
The noise monitoring within the study area was recorded using sound level
meter. Noise readings were taken at eleven different locations in the study
area.
100
TABLE 3.10: NOISE LEVEL WITHIN THE STUDY AREA
(Unit – dB)
S. No
Location
Result
Day
Night
Test Method
1
51.2
39.6
IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002
2
Govindgarh Village
50.4
40.0
IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002
3
Leswa Village
49.5
39.4
IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002
4
Jaswantpura Village
50.6
41.8
IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002
5
Gujron Ki Dhani
49.8
40.1
IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002
6
50.7
39.8
IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002
7
500m D/W direction
51.1
38.7
IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002
8
Budhwara Village
49.2
40.4
IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002
9
Bhanwata Village
50.4
43.3
IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002
10
Lalikhera Village
49.6
39.7
IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002
11
Pisangan
51.5
40.9
IS:9989 : 1981 R -2002
TABLE 3.11: CPCB NOISE STANDARD
Category of Zones
Leq in dB (A)
Day
Night
Industrial
75
70
Commercial
65
55
Residential
55
45
Silence Zone
50
40
a.
Day time is from 6.00 Am to 10.00PM.
b.
Night time is reckoned between 10.00 PM to 6.00AM
c.
Silence zone is defined as an area up to 100m around premises of
hospitals, educational institution and courts. Use of vehicle horn,
loudspeaker and bursting of crackers is banned in these zones.
Note: Mixed categories of areas are declared as one of the four above
mentioned categories by the competent Authority and the corresponding
standards shall apply.
101
3.11.4 Traffic density
Traffic density measurements were performed at one location at village
Fatehpur (SH – 59, Jethana to Ladpura). Locations of these stations are
marked on the map. The monitoring was performed in Jan., 2014.
Traffic analysis is carried out by understanding the existing carrying
capacity of the roads near to the project site and the connecting main
roads in the area. Then depending on the capacity of the mine, the
number of tractor trolleys that will be added to the present scenario will
be compared to the carrying capacity.
Traffic density measurement were made continuously for 24 hours by
visual observation and counting of vehicles under three categories, viz.,
heavy motor vehicles, light motor vehicles and two/three wheelers. As
traffic densities on the roads are high, two skilled persons were
deployed simultaneously at each station during each shift- one person
on each of the two directions for counting the traffic. At the end of
each hour, fresh counting and recording was undertaken. Total numbers
of vehicles per hour under the three categories were determined. The
results of measurements are given in the summery in below table.
TABLE 3.12: TRAFFIC DENSITY
Traffic vehicle
No. of vehicles per day at
Fatehpur (SH – 59, Jethana to Ladpura).
H.M.V.
206
L.M.V.
289
2/3 wheelers
374
Grand Total
869
102
TABLE 3.13: EXISTING TRAFFIC SCENARIO & LOS
S. No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
V
C
Existing
V/C Ratio
LOS
112
5,000
0.02
A
138
2,500
0.06
A
106
2,000
0.05
A
249
6,000
0.04
A
116
3,000
0.04
A
138
2,500
0.06
A
128
2,000
0.06
A
869
10,000
0.09
A
Road
Near Village
Govindgarh
Near village
Jaswantpura
Near village Lesawa
Near village
Pisangan
Near village
Budhwara
Near village
Nuriyawas
Near village
Kalesara
SH – 59
V= Volume of Vehicles in PCU’s/day
& C = Capacity of Highway in
PCU’s/ day.
The existing Level of Service (LOS) is “A” i.e. excellent.
V/C
0.0 - 0.2
0.2 - 0.4
0.4 - 0.6
0.6 - 0.8
0.8 - 1.0
LOS
A
B
C
D
E
Performance
Excellent
Very Good
Good / Average / Fair
Poor
Very Poor
Note: Capacity as per IRC: 64-1990
103
TABLE 3.14: DURING MINE OPERATION
S. No.
Particulars
Details
1
Proposed Capacity of mine/annum
2
No. of working days
3
Proposed Capacity of mine/day
4000 TPD
4
Dumper Capacity
22 Tones
5
No. of dumper deployed/day
6
11,20,000 TPA
280
182
Considering both loaded & empty tractor
364 PCUs
trolleys Increase in PCU/day will be
TABLE 3.15: MODIFIED TRAFFIC SCENARIO & LOS
Modified
Road
V
C
All villages
1351
3,000
0.45
C
SH – 59
1233
10,000
0.12
A
V/C Ratio
LOS
Results
From the above analysis it can be seen that the V/C ratio is likely to
change to 0.45 & 0.12 with LOS being “C & A’’ which is Good & Excellent,
as per classification. So the additional load on the carrying capacity of the
concerned roads is not likely to have any adverse effect.
3.12 SOIL ENVIRONMENT
Soil is defined as a thin layer of earth's crust which serves as a natural
medium for the growth of plants. It is the unconsolidated mineral matter
that has been subjected to and influenced by genetic and environmental
factors, such as, parent material, climate organism and physiochemical
action of wind, water and sum light an acting over a long period of time.
Soil differs from the parent materials in the morphological, physical,
chemical and biological properties. Also soils differ among themselves in
some or all the properties depending on the differences in the gothic and
104
environmental factors. The soil samples were analyzed for physical and
chemical characteristics.
The soil characteristic include both physical and chemical details, the soil
survey was carried out by the M/s Udaipur Min-Tech Pvt. Ltd. Udaipur &
M/s. Eco Laboratories & Consultants Pvt. Ltd., Mohali, to assess the soil
characteristics of the area.
3.12.1 Methodology for Soil Monitoring
Soil samples from depth (0-15 cm) were collected from these villages area
for estimation of the physicochemical characteristics of soil. Air-dried and
Sieved samples have been used for determination of physical properties of
soil. Standard methods were followed for the analysis of soil samples.
3.12.2 Soil Sampling Location
Soil survey was carried out by Environmental Expert Team, while
conducting the studies for preparing the report for the river bed area of
the applicant, by drawing samples from various locations in winter
seasons 2013-14 and analyses the same for physical and chemical
parameters.
TABLE 3.16: SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS IN THE STUDY AREA
Station Code
Location
Distance (Km)
Direction
S1
Jaswantpura
1.5
E
S2
Govindgarh
1.0
W
S3
Pisangan
6.0
NW
S4
Brijpura
7.0
NW
S5
Garhi
4.0
NE
S6
Kalesara
2.5
SW
Refer Figure 3.10: Soil Sampling Location in the Study Area
105
FIGURE 3.10: SOIL SAMPLING LOCATION IN THE STUDY AREA
106
FIGURE 3.11: PHOTOGRAPHS OF SOIL SAMPLING IN THE STUDY
AREA
107
3.12.3 Soil Analysis Results
Soil analysis was carried out and the results following below table.
TABLE 3.17: SOIL ANALYSIS RESULTS
S.
No Parameter
Jaswa
Govin
ntpura
dgarh
S1
-
Pisangan
Brijpura
Garhi
Kalesara
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
7.4
7.35
7.97
7.96
7.34
6.79
-
Sandy
Sandy
Clay
Loam
Sandy
Clay
Loam
Clay
-
Light
Brown
Brown
Brown
Brown
Brown
Dark
Brown
%
25.31
26.92
56.34
28.11
69.48
76.3
-
<10
<10
<10
<10
<10
<10
gm/cc
1.14
1.09
0.97
1.04
1.1
0.95
%
0.18
0.26
0.08
0.52
0.23
0.34
mhos/cm
120
190
140
160
190
200
mm/hour
2.13
2.17
1.93
2.12
2.02
2.27
unit
.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
pH (1:2.5)
Texture
Color
Water
holding
capacity
SAR
Bulk
Density
Organic
Matter
Electrical
Conductivi
ty of
saturation
extract
(1:2)
Permeabili
ty
3.13
WATER ENVIRONMENT
In order to conduct EIA Studies, baseline data pertaining to water
environment of the existing project was carried out evaluating the basin
characteristics, drainage pattern, and hydrology.
3.13.1 Ground Water Quality
The project itself is a part of surface water body. The applied lease falls in
river Saraswati and Sagarmati River, near village Govindgarh, Akhepura,
Jaswantpura, Pisangan, Budhwada, Nuriawas, Tehsil – Pisangan &
108
District – Ajmer of State – Rajasthan. Apart from said river Saraswati and
Sagarmati River; the water is not polluted. The applied lease area is free
of industrial pollutants.
3.13.2 Ground Water Quality Assessment
The sources of potable water are the hand pumps, tub-wells & dug well in
the area. Samples were collected from the available water resources
around the applied mine lease area. The samples were collected & tested
from different sites.
The quality of ground water was studied by collecting water samples from
representative open dug wells, tube wells, Ponds & hand pumps. The
details of water quality sites are given in below table. The samples were
collected during winter season (Dec., 2013 to Feb., 2014).
The ground water table is in this region between 20 and 25 mts. from the
ground level.
FIGURE 3.12: SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF SITE
ELEVATION, ULTIMATE DEPTH & GROUND WATER OF BLOCK
NO. 1 (SARASWATI RIVER)
HIGHEST CONTOUR
LOWEST CONTOUR
ULTIMATE DEPTH
WATER TABLE
397mRL
390 mRL
387 mRL (3.0meter)
water table.
109
FIGURE 3.13: SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF SITE
ELEVATION, ULTIMATE DEPTH & GROUND WATER OF BLOCK
NO. 2 (SAGARMATI RIVER)
HIGHEST CONTOUR
418mRL
LOWEST CONTOUR
411 mRL
ULTIMATE DEPTH
408 mRL (3.0meter)
WATER TABLE
water table.
3.13.3 Ground Water Monitoring Methodology
To evaluate the physico-chemical characteristics of the water resources
existing in the study area, water samples from ground water sources were
collected during the winter season and characterized for physico-chemical
parameters. Water samples from seven ground water source were
characterized. There samples were taken as grab sample and were
analyzed for various parameters and compared with standards IS: 10500.
The locations of water sampling stations have been shown in below table.
TABLE 3.18: GROUND WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS IN THE
STUDY AREA
Station Code
Location
Distance (Km)
Direction
GW1
Govindgarh
1.0
W
GW2
Jaswantpura
1.5
E
GW3
Budhwara
1.0
N
GW4
Pisangan
6.0
NW
GW5
Brijpura
7.0
NW
GW6
Garhi
4.0
NE
GW7
Kalesara
2.5
SW
Refer Figure 3.14: Ground Water Sampling Station in the study area.
110
FIGURE 3.14: GROUND WATER SAMPLING LOCATION IN THE STUDY AREA
111
FIGURE 3.15: PHOTOGRAPHS OF WATER SAMPLING IN THE STUDY AREA
112
3.13.4 Analysis Report of Ground Water Quality
The quality of ground water was studied by collecting seven water samples from representative hand pump and wells.
The physico-chemical characteristics of ground water samples presented in below table.
TABLE 3.19: ANALYSIS RESULTS OF GROUND WATER
S.
No.
Parameter
1
pH value
2
Color
3
Turbidity
4
Odour
5
6
7
8
9
10
Govindgarh
Jaswanpura
Budhwara
Pisangan
Brijpura
Garhi
Kalesara
Hazen
GW1
7.93
GW2
7.3
GW3
7.44
GW4
7.67
GW5
7.31
GW6
7.51
GW7
7.48
--
<5.0
<5.0
<5.0
<5.0
<5.0
<5.0
<5.0
NTU
0.6
6.5
3.9
0.4
0.1
0.1
0.4
--
Agreeable
Agreeable
Agreeable
242.4
588.94
177.76
592.08
259.52
193.92
165.64
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.06
0.03
0.05
0.06
284.91
256.92
89.97
134.95
134.95
31.99
94.97
104.62
170.28
95.97
288.34
167.45
97.1
97.78
983.54
1279.5
495.01
720.98
397.95
558.2
681.2
1520
1970
760
1110
620
860
1051.25
Unit
Total
Hardness (as
CaCO3)
Iron (as Fe)
mg/l
Chlorides (as
Cl)
Sulphate (So4)
mg/l
Dissolved
solids
Electrical
Conductivity
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
µS/cm
Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable
11
Alkalinity
mg/l
70
280
60
290
80
85
85
12
Nitrate (as
mg/l
29.73
44.89
15
43.15
0.41
43.61
20.58
113
13
NO3)
Fluoride (as F)
mg/l
0.53
0.36
0.49
0.56
0.32
0.41
0.58
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
mg/l
15
Cynide (as
CN)
Copper (as Cu)
mg/l
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
16
Zinc (as Zn)
mg/l
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
17
Lead (as Pb)
mg/l
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
14
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
22
Phenolic
mg/l
Compounds
(as C6H5OH)
Cadmium (as
mg/l
Cd)
Total Arsenic
mg/l
(as As)
Chromium (as
mg/l
Cr)
Coliforms
MPN/100ml
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
23
E.Coli/100ml
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
18
19
20
21
--
A review of the above chemical analysis that there is some variation in chemical composition of water tapped from
different open wells, tube wells and hand pumps, but the ground water from all sources remains suitable for drinking
purposes as all the constituents are within the limits prescribed for drinking water standards promulgated by Indian
standard.
114
3.14
BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT:
3.14.1 Biological Aspects
The
basic
purpose
to
exploring
the
biological
environment
under
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is to assist in the decision making
process and to ensure that the project options under consideration are bioenvironmental-friendly.
EIA
identifies
ways
of
improving
project
environmentally by preventing, minimizing, mitigating or compensating for
adverse impacts before exploration and development phase. The present
study on the floral assessment of the proposed project is based on field survey
of the area supported by secondary data from various governmental and nongovernmental sources.
Objective of the study
The objectives of this study were as follows:
1. To conduct detail study for floral/ faunal/ avifaunal elements in the
study area of proposed project site.
2. To assess scheduled species in the proposed site. (Rare, endangered,
critically endangered, endemic and vulnerable).
3. To identify locations and features of ecological significance
4. To collect Baseline data for the study area along with a description
of the existing terrestrial, wetland and aquatic vegetation.
5. To identify Impact of proposed project before exploration and
during development phase on the biological environment
3.14.2 Activities undertaken during the study
1.
Flora survey
- Identification and documentation of Tree, shrub, herb, climber
and grass species
-
2.
Analysis of scheduled taxa of the proposed site
Fauna survey
- Identification
and
Documentation
of
Avian,
Reptilian,
Amphibian, Mammal and other faunal diversity
115
- Observations by direct and indirect evidences.
3.
Analysis of Scheduled species.
Study of Habitat/microhabitat for the faunal elements in the project
site and surrounding areas within 10 km range from the site.
4.
Photo documentation for flora and fauna (E – herbarium for flora).
Study area:
The proposed project is River Bed mining project of Ordinary sand, located
near villages Govindgarh, Akhepura, Jaswantpura, Pisangan, Budhwada,
Nuriawas at Tehsil Pisangan, District Ajmer (Rajasthan) over an area of
163.4503 ha.. The major river of the proposed lease is Saraswati River and
Sagarmati River.
The topography of the applied area is mainly plain land marked with shallow
nalla and undulations. The drainage of this area in general flowing from east
towards west. The highest elevation of the lease area is 420 mRL and lowest
being 400 mRL. The lease area falls in Survey of India GT sheet no. 45 J/7.
The applied lease area falls in Saraswati nadi Block I of 51.3618 Ha, between
Latitude 26027’23.63”N to 26027’36.75”N and longitude 74023’42.90”E to
74025’14.18’’ E and Sagarmati nadi Block II of 112.0885 Ha, between
Latitude 26022’16.96”N to 26021’57.32”N and longitude 74026’01.10”E to
74028’03.70’’ E.
The applied area is Govt. land (River Bed). There is no reserves forest or
protected forest land within the applied lease area. One reserve forest is
present near Kishanpura village and Gaurikund Reserve forest is present in
the study area.
The study area has a hot semi-arid climate with over 55 centimetres of rain
every year but most of the rain occurs in the Monsoon months, between June
and September. Temperatures remain relatively high throughout the year,
with the summer months of April to early July having an average daily
116
temperature of about 30°C (86°F). During the monsoon there are frequent
heavy rains and thunderstorms but flooding is not a common occurrence. The
winter months of November to February are mild and temperate with
average temperatures ranging from 15–18°C (59–64°F) with little or no
humidity. There are, however, occasional cold weather front that cause
temperatures to fall to near freezing levels.
About 10 km buffer area from the lease boundary was taken for the present
biodiversity study from the project boundary. The study was under taken
during winter season, 2013-14.
TABLE 3.20: LIST OF SAMPLING LOCATION SELECTED FOR STUDY
OF BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT
S. No.
Sampling
Code
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
EB1
EB2
EB3
EB4
EB5
EB6
EB7
EB8
EB9
EB10
Location
Govindgarh
Lesawa
Jaswantpura
Brijpura
Budhwara
Bhanwata
Lalikhera
Pisangan
Picholiya
Kishanpura
Distance (Km)
Direction
1.0
1.5
1.5
7.0
1.0
4.0
6.0
6.0
5.0
2.5
W
N
E
NW
N
E
SE
NW
N
SW
Refer Figure 3.16: Biological Sampling Location Map in the study area.
117
FIGURE 3.16: BIOLOGICAL SAMPLING LOCATION MAP IN THE STUDY AREA
118
FIGURE 3.17: PHOTOGRAPHS OF PLANT SPECIES OBSERVED IN
THE STUDY AREA
119
120
Survey methodology
Flora
The present study on the floral assessment for the proposed project activity
is based on extensive field survey of the area. The study has been conducted
in winter season. The plant species were identified during floral survey and
with the help of nearby institutions / University and by secondary sources.
Besides the collection of plant species, information was also collected with
vernacular names of plant species made by local inhabitants. In this process
the whole study area was divided into different sections to get the maximum
diversity of plant species. The sampling sites were selected based on land
use pattern, topography and floristic composition of the study area. Data on
forest type, legal status and their extent in the study area has been collected
from
forest
department.
The other
relevant data
on biodiversity,
economically important plant species and medicinal plant, rare and
endangered species in the study area have been collected during site visit
and from different secondary sources.
Fauna
The study of fauna takes substantial amount of time to understand the
specific faunal characteristics of the area. The assessment of fauna has been
done by extensive field survey of the area. During survey, Line Transect
method was used for the study of mammals and Transact & Patch sampling
was used for Amphibians. In addition the following sources were also used
during survey.

Sighting during ecological studies

Animal call

Foot mark and excreta
During survey, the presence of flora and fauna was also confirmed from the
local inhabitants depending on the animal sightings and the frequency of
121
their visits in the project area which was later confirmed from different
government offices like forest department, wildlife department etc.
Avifauna
During Birds survey actual counts of birds were made following the
standard survey technique. Observations were made during a walk through
in the chosen transect for sighting birds. The number of birds observed in
each sampling location was directly counted and listing was made. Birds
were noted, counted and identified with the help of 8X40 “Optima Zenith”
binocular and standard field identification guides.
Forest and Forest type in the study area:
The vegetation of the study area can be classified into tropical dry deciduous
forest type and Mixed miscellaneous forests in accordance with “Survey of
Forest Types of India” by Champion and Seth (1968)
Tropical Dry Deciduous Forests
These forests are found in areas having temperature of 25-320C and annual
rainfall of 75-125 cm along with a dry season of about six months. These
forests are mostly found in small patches in few parts of the state. Chief
characteristic feature of the forests is open canopy of small (10-15 m high)
trees and abundance of shrubs. Sporadic growth of certain species of dry
deciduous forests is found along the dry river beds of the state. The main
species found in this kind of forests are Anogeissus pendula, Anogeissus
latifolia, Acacia catechu, Terminalia tomentosa, Terminalia balerica,
Terminalia arjuna, Boswellia serrata, Dendrocalamus strictus, Lanea
grandis.
Mixed Miscellaneous Forests
These forests are mostly found in south eastern and eastern part of
Rajasthan. These Forests mainly have species like Anogeissus pendula,
122
Anogeissus latifolia, Terminalia tomentosa, Terminalia arjuna, Terminalia
chebula, Albizia lebbeck, Dalbergia paniculata etc. and its associates.
Floral investigation
Core zone
The core zone of the study area is applied mine lease area. Mining of
ordinary sand (Bajri) is proposed in the river bed, the applied lease area is
163.4503 ha (Govt. Land,).
The area covered under lease has sandy texture due to which very few
plants in the form of some grass and herb species have been observed in this
region. Few shrub and herbs have also been observed during the field
survey;
prominent
among
them
are
Datura
inoxia,
Parthenium
hysterophorus, Argemone mexicana, Calotropis procera, Ipomoea fistulosa,
and Tribulus terrestris etc.
The periphery of the applied lease area is surrounded by village areas and
agriculture fields. Vegetation is limited to village areas and agriculture
fields. The dominant species observed during the survey are Acacia
leucophloea, Acacia nilotica, Ailanthus excels, Albizia lebbeck, Azadirachta
indica, Dalbergia sissoo, Mangifera indica, Tamarindus indica, Ziziphus
mauritiana etc.
Buffer zone (10 km from the boundary of applied mine lease area)
The land cover of the buffer zone is mostly dominated by open sparse
vegetation, agricultural fields in between and village areas. The buffer zone
does not have any eco-sensitive areas. Only two notified forest areas
observed in the buffer area i.e. one is near Kishanpura village and
Gaurikund Reserve forest. The prominent tree species observed in the buffer
zone are Acacia catechu, Acacia leucophloea, Acacia nilotica, Aegle
marmelos, Ailanthus excels, Albizia lebbeck, Azadirachta indica, Bauhinia
123
racemosa, Butea monosperma, Cassia fistula, Dalbergia sissoo, Emblica
officinalis , Ficus benghalensis, Ficus racemosa, Mangifera indica, Melia
azedarach, Moringa oleifera, Pithecellobium dulce, Polyalthia longifolia,
Prosopis juliflora, Syzygium cumini, Tamarindus indica, Tecomella
undulate, Ziziphus mauritiana etc.
The shrub and herb species observed in the buffer zone are Jetropha curcus,
Aerva javanica, Calotropis procera, Cassia auriculata, Carissa congesta,
Crotalaria burhia, Datura stramonium, Euphorbia caduaifalia, Lantana
camara, Ocimum amercanum, Opuntia dillenii, Vitex negundo, Woodfordia
fruticosa, Zizyphus mauritiana, Zizyphus nummularia etc. List of plant
species recorded in the study area of proposed project site is presented in
below table.
TABLE 3.21: LIST OF PLANT SPECIES OBSERVED IN STUDY AREA
S. No.
Botanical Name
Common Name
Family
Khair, Kheda
Mimosaceae
Ronj
Leguminosae
Trees
1.
Acacia catechu
2.
Acacia leucophloea
3.
Acacia nilotica
Desi Babool
Mimosaceae
4.
Acacia Senegal
Kumta
Mimosaceae
5.
Aegle marmelos
Bel
Rutaceae
6.
Ailanthus excels Roxb.
Ardu
Simaroubaceae
7.
Albizia lebbeck
Kala Sira
Mimosaceae
8.
Anthocephalus indicus
Kadam
Rubiaceae
9.
Anogeissus pendula
Dhonk
Combretaceae
10.
Azadirachta indica
Neem
Meliaceae
11.
Balanites aegyptica
Hingotia
Simarubaceae
12.
Bauhinia racemosa
Jhinjha
Caesalpiniceae
13.
Bauhinia varegata
Kachnar
Caesalpiniceae
14.
Boswellia serrata
Salar
Burseraceae
15.
Butea monosperma
Dhak
Papilionaceae
124
S. No.
Botanical Name
Common Name
Family
Amaltash
Leguminosae
Gundo
Boraginaceae
Shisham
Papilionaceae
16.
Cassia fistula Linn.
17.
Cordia dichotoma
18.
Dalbergia sissoo
19.
Dichrostachys cineria
Goyakhair
Mimosaceae
20.
Ehretia laevis
Tambolia
Boraginaceae
Amla
Euphorbiaceae
21.
Emblica officinalis
Ceartn*
22.
Eucalyptus hybrid
Safeda
Myrataceae
23.
Ficus glomerata
Gular
Urticaceae
24.
Ficus racemosa
Umro
Urticaceae
25.
Flacourtia romantchi
Kankon
Bixaceae
26.
Flacourtia indica
Kanti
Bixaceae
27.
Holoptelia intgrifolia
Churel
Urticaceae
28.
Lannea coromandelica
Gurjan
Anacardiaceae
29.
Mangifera indica
Aam
Anacardiaceae
30.
Melia azedarach
Bakayan
Meliaceae
31.
Millingtonia hortensis
Neem Chameli
Bignoniaceae
Rain
Sapotaceae
Sahajana
Moringaceae
Khajur
Palmaceae
32.
Mimusops hexzandra
elengi
33.
Moringa oleifera
34.
Phoenix sylvestris
35.
Pithecellobium dulce
Jungle jalebi
Mimosaceae
36.
Polyalthia longifolia
Ashok
Annonaceae
37.
Prosopis cineraria
Khejri
Mimosaceae
38.
Prosopis juliflora
Vilayati Babool
Mimosaceae
39.
Salvadora cleoides
Pilu
Salvadoraceae
40.
Salvadora persica
Khara
Salvadoraceae
41.
Soymida febrifuga
Rohan
Meliaceae
42.
Sterculia urens
Kadaya
Sterculiaceae
125
S. No.
Botanical Name
Common Name
Family
Jamun
Myrtaceae
43.
Syzygium cumini
44.
Tamarindus indica
Imli
Caesalpiniceae
45.
Tamarix articulate
Fans
--
46.
Tecomella undulate
Rohida
Bignoniaceae
47.
Wrightia tomentosa
Khirni, Dudhi
Apocynaceae
48.
Ziziphus mauritiana
Bor
Rhamnaceae
Bui
Amaranthaceae
Shrubs & Herbs
49.
Aerva javanica
50.
Acacia jacquemonti
Banvali
Mimosaceae
51.
Calotropis procera
Aakra
Asclepiadaceae
52.
Cassia auriculata
Aaval
Caesalpiniceae
53.
Clerodendron viscosum
Aarni
Verbenaceae
54.
Carissa congesta
Karonda
Apocynaceae
55.
Cordia rothii
Gundi
Boraginaceae
56.
Centella asiatica
Brahmi
Umbelliferaceae
57.
Crotalaria burhia
Saniya
Papilionaceae
58.
Datura stramonium
Dhatura
Solanaceae
59.
Euphorbia caduaifalia
Thor
Eupheriaceae
60.
Grewia flavescens
Kali syahi
Tiliaceae
61.
Grewia tenax
Gangan
Tiliaceae
Dudhi
Apocynaceae
Lantana
Verbenaceae
Khinp
Asclepiadaceae
Unthkanta
Acanthaceae
Tulsi
Labiatae
Nagfani
Cactaceae
Dasan
Anacardiaceae
Jhau
Tamaricaceae
62.
Holarrhena
antidysenterica
63.
Lantana camara
64.
Laptedenia pyrotechnica
65.
Lepidagathis trinervis
66.
Ocimum amercanum
67.
Opuntia dillenii
68.
Rhus musoraaensis
69.
Tamarix dioica
126
S. No.
Botanical Name
Common Name
Family
Negad
Verbenaceae
70.
Vitex negundo
71.
Woodfordia fruticosa
Dhawdi
Lythraceae
72.
Zizyphus mauritiana
Ber
--
73.
Zizyphus nummularia
Jhadber
Rhamnaceae
74.
Abrus pracaterious
Chirmi
Poapilionaceae
75.
Asparagus racemosus
Naharkanta
Liliaceae
Bogenvelia
Nyctaginaceae
Climbers
76.
Bougainvillaea
apectabilis
77.
Cuscuta reflexa
Amarbel
Convolvulaceae
78.
Jasminum officinalis
Chameli
Cleaceae
79.
Mimosa hemata
--
Mimosaceae
80.
Tinospora cordifolia
Neem Giloy
Menispermaceae
Bamboos & Grass
81.
Aristida hystrix
Lapla
Graminae
82.
Alpuda mutica
Bhuganti
Graminae
83.
Chloris tenell
Barna
Graminae
84.
Chloris virgata
Barna
Graminae
85.
Cenchrus ciliaris
Dhaman
Graminae
86.
Cenchrus setigerus
Bharut
Graminae
87.
Cenchrus barbatus
Bharut
Graminae`
88.
Cynodon dactylon
Dub
Graminae`
89.
Cymbopogon jwarancusa
Ruya
Graminae`
90.
Dendrocslmus strictus
Bans
Graminae
91.
Dichanthium annulatum
Karad
Graminae
92.
Ekragros tisminor
Chadi bajra
Graminae
93.
Eremopogon fovelateeds
--
Graminae
94.
Heteropogon conterotus
Surwala
Graminae
95.
Lasiurus indicus
Sevan
Graminae
127
S. No.
Botanical Name
Common Name
Family
96.
Saccharus spontaneum
Kans
Graminae
97.
Sehima nervosum
Siran
Graminae
98.
Sorghum halepense
Baru
Graminae
99.
Themeda quadrivalvis
Ratarda
Graminae
Medicinal plants
The medicinal plants from forests are an important component of the Minor
Forest Produce. Otherwise known as Non-Timber Forests Produce (NTFP).
They are principal health care resource for majority of rural people. The
N.T.F.P. including medicinal plants may play more than a subsidiary role in
supplementing household income. There is depletion of medicinal plant
resource in the district due to over exploitation. The Medicinal Plants are
mostly harvested from wild resource i.e. forest land and only a very few of
number of species are cultivated. Some of the important Medicinal Plants
species found in the district are-Azadirachta indica, Emblica Officinalis,
Acacia nilotica, Adhatoda vasica, Aegle marmelos, Albizia procera, Aloe
vera, Calotropis procera, Emblica officinalis, Ficus
religiosa, Ficus
bengalensis, Mangifera indica, Melia azadirach, Moringa oleifera, Tridax
procumbens, Sida acuta, Tamarindus indica, Terminalia bellerica, Vitex
Negundo etc. List of medicinal plant species recorded in the study area of
proposed project site is presented in below table.
TABLE 3.22: LIST OF MEDICINAL PLANTS OBSERVED IN STUDY
AREA
S.
N.
1.
Botanical Name
2.
3. 3.
Abrus
precatorius
Acacia nilotica
Adhatoda vasica
4.
Aegle marmelos
Common
Name
Chirmi
Family
Medicinal Use
Fabaceae
Babul
Adulsa
Fabaceae
Acanthaceae
Uterine stimulant,
abortifacient, toxic.
Demulcent
Expectorant, antispasmodic,
febrifuge
Bel
Rutaceae
Stomachic, antimicrobial
(specific for diarrhoea,
colitis, dysentery and enteric
128
S.
N.
Botanical Name
5.
6.
Albizia procera
Aloe vera
7.
Azadirachta
indica
Bauhinia
variegata
Common
Name
Family
Kala Siras
Gwarpatha
Mimosaceae
Liliaceae
Neem
Meliaceae
Kachnar
Fabaceae
Butea
monosperma
Calotropis
procera*
Palash
Fabaceae
Mudar
Asclepiadaceae
11.
Cassia fistula
Amaltas
Fabaceae
12.
Cordia
dichotoma
Gundo
Boraginaceae
13.
Dalbergia
latifolia
Dendrocalamus
strictus
Emblica
officinalis
Sisam
Fabaceae
Manvel
Poaceae
Aamla
Euphorbiaceae
8.
9.
10.
14.
15.
16.
Eucalyptus sp.
Nilgiri
Myrtaceae
17.
Ficus religiosa
Peepal
Moraceae
Medicinal Use
infections), digestive,
astringent, spasmolytic,
hypoglycaemic
Anti-allergic
Purgative, Gel—topically
emollient, antiinflammatory, antimicrobial
(used for wound healing,
sunburn)
Fever, Skin diseases
Buds—a decoction is given in
piles (also used against
tumours), haematuria,
menorrhagia
Liver disorders
Bronchial asthma, Leaves—
used for treating chronic
cases of dyspepsia,
flatulence, constipation and
mucus in stool
Purgative, Febrifugal,
Astringent,Antibilious
Astringent, Demulcent,
Expectorant, Diuretic,
Anthelmintic
Stimulant, Appetiser,
Anthelmintic, Spasmogenic
Retained placenta
Antianaemic, Anabolic,
Antiemetic, Bechic,
Astringent,
Antihaemorrhagic,
Antidiarrhoeal, Diuretic,
Antidiabetic, Carminative,
Antioxidant
Antiseptic, antibiotic,
antiviral, Antifungal,
antispasmodic
Astringent, Antiseptic,
Alterative, laxative,
Haemostatic
129
S.
N.
18.
19.
20.
21.
Botanical Name
Ficus
bengalensis
Jatropha curcas
Lagerstroemia
parviflora
Lannea
coromandelica
Common
Name
Bargad
Family
Moraceae
Ratanjyot
Euphorbiaceae
Kalhariya,
Kakdiyo
Moledi
Lythraceae
Anacardiaceae
22.
Madhuca indica
Mahua
Sapotaceae
23.
Aam
Anacardiaceae
24.
Mangifera
indica
Melia azadirach
Neem
Meliaceae
25.
Moringa oleifera
Moringaceae
26.
Nyctanthes
arbor-tristis
Mithosarag
avo
Tamat,
Harsingar
27.
Ocimum
gratissimum
Vantulsi
Lamiaceae
28.
Jungle
jalebi
Ashoka
Fabaceae
Annonaceae
Kumru
Asteraceae
31.
Pithecellobium
dulce*
Polyalthia
longifolia*
Tridax
procumbens
Sida acuta
Chikan
Malvaceae
32.
Syzygium
Jamun
Myrtaceae
29.
30.
Oleaceae
Medicinal Use
Diabetes, Dysentery
Used for Scabies, Ringworm,
Eczema, Whitlow, Warts,
Syphilis
Astringent, Fungitoxic
Bark—Stimulant and
Astringent; used in gout;
decoction for Aphthae of the
mouth and for toothache
Stimulant, Demulcent,
Laxative, Anthelmintic,
Bechic
Astringent, Antiscorbutic
Diuretic, Anthelmintic,
Antilithic
Cardiac and circulatory
stimulant
Febrifuge, Antiinflammatory,Antispasmodic
, Hypotensive, Respiratory
stimulant. Used for fevers,
Rheumatism, Obstinate
sciatica
Neurological and Rheumatic
affections, in seminal
weakness and in aphthae of
children, Antibacterial,
Antifungal
Astringent, Febrifuge,
Antidysenteric
Febrifuge, Causes cardiac
depression
Styptic, Antidiarrhoeal,
Antidysenteric
Astringent, Cooling,
Stomachic, Febrifuge,
Diuretic; used for nervous
and sexual debility,
Haemorrhoids, Biliary
disorders
Acute diarrhea
130
S.
N.
Botanical Name
Common
Name
Family
Imli
Fabaceae
33.
cumini
Tamarindus
indica
34.
Tectona grandis
Sagaun
Verbenaceae
35.
Terminalia
arjuna
Terminalia
bellerica
Vitex Negundo
Arjun
Combretaceae
Behada
Combretaceae
Nirgudi
Verbenaceae
36.
37.
Medicinal Use
Cooling, Digestive,
Carminative, laxative,
Antiscorbutic
Expectorant, Antiinflammatory,
Antibilious, Anthelmintic
Cardioprotective and
Cardiotonic
Purgative, Astringent
Anti-inflammatory,
Analgesic;
removes foetid discharges
and
worms from ulcers
Faunal Investigation
Mammals
Faunal assessment provides a basis for determining relative abundance and
rarity of each species which is important for assessing the diversity of fauna
of a particular area. Since animals are capable of movements from one place
to another, this makes their study entirely different. Different animals
prefer different types of habitat for food and shelter. With increase in
population and expansion habitation and agriculture fields, there has been
considerable degradation of wild life habitats. Also the vegetation structure
in the study area does not support higher mammalian species.
During field investigation with the help of tracks and signs, it was noted
that species like other than domesticated cows and dogs species like
Common mongoose (Herpestes edwardsi), Indian hare (Lepus nigricollis),
Five stripped squirrel (Funambulus pennant), Blue bull (Boselaphus
tragocamelus), Rhesus macaque (Macaca mulatta) are present in the study
area.
131
During public consultation it was documented that species like Cheetal
(Axis axis), Indian Hare (Lepus nigricollis), and Striped Hyena (Hyaena
hyaena) are occasionally observed in the study area. List of Mammals and
Reptiles recorded in the study area of proposed project site is presented in
below table.
TABLE 3.23: LIST OF MAMMAL SPECIES OBSERVED IN STUDY AREA
Common
S. N.
English name
name
Zoological Name
A – Mammals
1.
Jarakh
Stripped hyena
Hyaena hyaena
2.
Jangali suar
Indian wild boar
Sus scrofa
3.
Jhau chuha
Hedgehog
Hemichinus auritus
4.
Khargosh
Indian hare
Lepus nigricollis
5.
Gilhari
Five stripped squirrel
Funambulus pennanti
6.
Sehi
Indian porcupine
Hystrix indica
7.
Neelgaya
Blue bull
Boselaphus tragocamelus
8.
Bandar
Rhesus macaque
Macaca mulatta
9.
Sambhar
Sambar
Cervus unicolor
Avifauna
Diversity of avifauna is one of the most important ecological indicators to
evaluate the quality of habitats. Now-a-days, avifaunal diversity has been
decreasing due to the destruction of natural habitats and human
disturbances. Random destruction of natural habitats by cutting nesting
trees and foraging plants for commercial use of woods and lands are the
main factor responsible for narrow down in avian foraging habitat and their
nesting sites. Thus, many species of birds may be forced to inhabit in the
urban areas and constrain them to breed there. Birds are essential animal
group of an ecosystem and maintain a trophic level. Therefore, detail study
on avifauna and their ecology is important to protect them.
132
The applied lease area is having very few plant species in the form of shrub,
herb and grass species and not an ideal habitat for bird species. Different
species were observed during field survey are Indian myna (Acridotheres
tristis), Blue rock pigeon (Columba livia), Indian robbin (Saxicoloides
fulicatus), Red vented bulbul (Pycnonotus cafer), Black drongo (Dicrurus
macrocercus), House sparrow (Passer domesticus), House crow (Corvus
splendens), Hoopoe (Upupa epops), Common Babbler (Turdoides caudate),
Spotted dove (Spilopelia chinensis) and Little green bee eater (Merops
orientalis) etc. List of birds observed in the study area are presented in
below table.
TABLE 3.24: LIST OF BIRD SPECIES OBSERVED IN STUDY AREA
S. N.
1.
2.
3.
Scientific
Name
Accipiter
badius*
Acridotheres
ginginianus*
Acridotheres
tristis*
4.
Alcedo atthis*
5.
Amaurornis
phoenicurus
6.
Apus affinis*
7.
Ardeola grayii*
8.
Athene brama
9.
Bubulcus ibis*
Cinnyris
asiaticus*
10.
11.
Columba livia*
12.
Copsychus
saularis*
13.
Coracias
benghalensis*
Status in
Wildlife
Protection
Act-1972
Status in
IUCN
Category
Common
Name
Family
Shikara
Accipitridae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Bank Myna
Sturnidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Sturnidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Alcedinidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Rallidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Apodidae
Not Enlisted Least Concern
Ardeidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Strigidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Ardeidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Nectariniidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Common
Myna
Small Blue
Kingfisher
White
Breasted
Waterhen
House Swift
Indian Pond
Heron
Spotted
Owlet
Cattle Egret
Purple
Sunbird
Blue Rock
Pigeon
Magpie
Robin
Indian Roller
Columbidae
Muscicapidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Coraciidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
133
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
Corvus
macrorhynchos*
Corvus
splendens*
Coturnix
coturnix
Cuculus varius
Dendrocitta
vagabunda*
Dicrurus
adsimilis*
Jungle Crow
Corvidae
House Crow
Corvidae
Schedule V
Least Concern
Phasianidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Cuculidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Corvidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Dicruridae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Dicruridae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Common
Quail
Common
HawkCuckoo
Rufous
Treepie
Fork-tailed
Drongo
Racket
Tailed
Drongo
20.
Dicrurus
paradiseus
21.
Egretta
garzetta*
Little Egret
Ardeidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
22.
Elanus
axillaris*
BlackShouldered
Kite
Accipitridae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Koel
Cuculidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Grey
Partridge
Phasianidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Crested Lark
Alaudidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Rallidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Gruidae
Schedule IV
Vulnerable
Halcyonidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Recurvirostrid
ae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Hirundinidae
Laniidae
Laniidae
Meropidae
Meropidae
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
Eudynamys
scolopaceus*
Francolinus
pondicerianus*
Galerida
cristata*
Gallinula
chloropus
Grus antigone*
Halcyon
smyrnensis*
Himantopus
himantopus
Hirundo
rustica*
Lanius
excubitor*
Common
Moorhen
Sarus Crane
White
Breasted
Kingfisher
Black
Winged Stilt
Common
Swallow
Grey Shrike
32.
Lanius vittatus*
33.
Merops
orientalis*
Bay Backed
Shrike
Small Green
Bee Eater
34.
Merops
philippinus
Blue Tailed
Bee Eater
134
35.
Motacilla alba*
36.
Motacilla
capsica
37.
Motacilla flava
38.
Nycticorax
nycticorax
39.
Oriolus
xanthornus
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52.
Passer
domesticus*
Phalacrocorax
niger
Picoides
mahrattensis
Ploceus
philippinus
Pseudibis
papillosa*
Psittacula
cyanocephala
Psittacula
krameri*
Pterocles
exustus
Pycnonotus
cafer*
Pycnonotus
luteolus
Sarkidiornis
melanotos
Saxicoloides
fulicatus*
Streptopelia
chinensis*
53.
Sturnus
pagodarum*
54.
Sturnus roseus
55.
Tadorna
ferruginea
White
Wagtail
Motacillidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Grey Wagtail
Motacillidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Yellow
Wagtail
Motacillidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Night Heron
Ardeidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Oriolidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Black
Headed
Oriole
House
Sparrow
Little
Cormorant
Pied
Woodpecker
Passeridae
Phalacrocoracid
Schedule IV
ae
Least Concern
Picidae
Schedule IV
Not enlisted
Baya Weaver
Ploceidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Black Ibis
Threskiornithi
dae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Psittaculidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Psittaculidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Pteroclididae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Pycnonotidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Pycnonotidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Comb Duck
Anatidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Indian Robin
Muscicapidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Spotted Dove
Columbidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Brahminy
myna
Sturnidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Rosy
Starling
Sturnidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Brahminy
Duck
Anatidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Plum-headed
Parakeet
Rose Ringed
Parakeet
Common
Sandgrouse
Red Vented
Bulbul
White
Checked
Bulbul
135
56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
Terpsiphone
paradisi
Treron
phoenicoptera
Turdoides
caudate*
Turdoides
striata*
Upupa epops*
Asian
Paradise
Flycatcher
Common
Green Pigeon
Common
Babbler
Jungle
Babbler
Hoopoe
Monarchidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Columbidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Timaliidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Timaliidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Upupidae
3.15
LAND ENVIRONMENT
3.15.1
Land use of Study Area (Buffer Zone)
The total and of the study area is divided into following categories:i.
ii.
Crop Land
iii.
Fallow Land
iv.
River
v.
vi.
vii.
viii.
Scrub Land
Forest Plantation
Forest
Water Bodies
ix.
Waste Land
x.
Habitation
xi.
xii.
Wet land
Open Scrub Land
3.15.1.1 DATA INPUT
IRS LISS3 Multispectral digital FCC (False Color Composite) data from
NRSC Bhuwan Portal has been used for preparation of Land use/ Land
cover thematic map of study area. Project site mine plan map & Google
maps and Toposheet has been used as a reference map for preparation of
base layer map like road, rail network, project site boundary, landmarks
point etc.
136
Technical Details
 Satellite Image
IRS LISS3
 Band Combination
2,3,4
 DIP Software
ERDAS Imagine 9.2 & Arc GIS 9
3.15.1.2 METHODOLOGY
Land use / Land cover map preparation, Base map creation; and Geometric
correction of satellite image has been processed using ERDAS Imagine 9.2
Software.
The methodology used for Land use pattern of study area is explained in
following headings.
3.15.1.3 GEOREFERENCING OF TOPO MAPS
SOI toposheet has been geo-referenced in geographic lat/long coordinate
system using ERDAS Imagine Software.
3.15.1.4 BASE MAP LAYER CREATION
Project site mine plan map & Google maps and geo-referenced toposheet has
used as a reference map for base layer creation. In base layer linear, polygon
and point feature like road, rail, canal, village location and project site have
been created in vector data format. Base map layer information has been
used for analysis of surrounding feature like road, rail, and village location
near project site activity through superimposed on thematic map for data
integration.
3.15.1.5 INTERPRETATION OF SATELLITE IMAGE
Hybrid technique has been used i.e. visual interpretation and digital image
processing for identification of different land use and vegetation cover
classes based on spectral signature of geographic feature. Spectral signature
represents various land use class. Image interpretation keys are developed,
based on image characteristics like color, tone, size, shape, texture, pattern,
shadow, association etc, which enables interpretation of satellite images for
ground feature.
137
For validation of Land Use Plan Ground truth data on geographic features
of the study area has been collected by site visit to the area for verification of
information of the different doubtful features of the study areas, which were
found to be responsible for the occurrence of specific spectral reflectance
behavioral patterns. Ground truth data has been carried out for verification
of the ground features (esp. one in doubt) interpretation accuracy and
reliability of remotely sensed data.
CONCLUSION
All vector layer superimposed on land use land cover map for final map
composition and used for analysis and study of area.
3.15.1.6 Agricultural Yield of the Study Area
Agricultural practice is the main source of income of the study area. The
major crops grown are Sorghum, pulses, mustard Gram, Wheat, Barley,
Cotton, Horticulture crops is Mango, Guava, Pomegranate, Amla, Lime,
Tomato, Brinjal, Onion, Tinda, Cole Crops etc.
TABLE 3.26: LAND USE PATTERN ON SATELLITE IMAGE
S. No.
i
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
vii
viii
ix
x
xi
xii
Class Names
Area (Ha.)
5746.81
Crop Land
24723.31
Fallow Land
5317.47
River
1380.22
Scrub land
13022.15
Forest Plantation
1292.63
Forest
3015.28
Water Bodies
227.14
Waste Land
3654.67
Habitation
549.59
Wet Land
4876.24
Open Scrub Land
1537.16
Total
65342.66
Refer Figure 3.18: Land Use Pattern of the study area.
% (Area)
8.79
37.84
8.14
2.11
19.93
1.98
4.61
0.35
5.59
0.84
7.46
2.35
100
Refer Figure 3.19: Satellite image of the study area.
138
FIGURE 3.18: LAND USE PATTERN OF THE STUDY AREA.
139
FIGURE 3.19: SATELLITE IMAGE OF THE STUDY AREA
140
3.15.2
Land use of Applied Lease area (Core Zone)
The applied lease area is 163.4503 hectare has undulate topography with
shallow nallah in the area. No Agriculture field exists within the applied
lease area. No forest land is involved in the core zone. The summarized
details of the type of and covered in the lease area is indicated in below
table.
TABLE 3.27: LAND USE PATTERN-PRE OPERATIONAL &
OPERATIONAL PHASE IN HECTARE
PRE
S.
Particulars
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
OPERATIONAL
PHASE
Under mining Area
Dumps
Plantation
Road
Railway Track
Backfilled Mined Out
Remaining virgin Govt.
land
Total
3.16
OPERATIONAL
PHASE
---0.3400
---
118.0000
-25.0000
0.3600
---
163.1103
20.0903
163.4503
163.4503
SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT
3.16.1 Reconnaissance
The project area falls near village, Govindgarh, Akhepura, Jaswantpura
Pisangan, Budhwada, Nuriawas, Tehsil – Pisangan, District – Ajmer
(Rajasthan)
3.16.2 Baseline Status
Baseline information on the socio-economic environment was collected
within 10 km radius surrounding the proposed study area. The process
related database thus generated includes:

Demographic structure

Infrastructure base in the area

Economic structure
141

Health status

Cultural attributes

Socio economic status in relation to quality of life

Public awareness and their concern about the project
The primary socio economic data was collected through field survey in
sample villages in study area as well as the observations by the survey
team. It has been subs tainted with relevant socioeconomic data from
secondary sources of various official records. viz., Census records, District
statistical abstract, district health office, District industry center tourism
office etc. Socio- Economic Survey was done by group discussion with local
people, village leaders and Government officials.
TABLE 3.28: LIST OF SAMPLING LOCATION SELECTED FOR
STUDY OF SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT
S. No.
Code
Location
1
SE1
Govindgarh
Distance (Km)
Direction
2
SE2
Lesawa
1.0
W
3
SE3
Jaswantpura
1.5
N
4
SE4
Brijpura
1.5
E
5
SE5
Budhwara
7.0
NW
6
SE6
Bhanwata
1.0
N
7
SE7
Lalikhera
4.0
E
8
SE8
Pisangan
6.0
SE
9
SE9
Picholiya
6.0
NW
10
SE10
Kishanpura
5.0
N
Refer Figure 3.20: Socio Economic Sampling Location in the Study Area.
(Bajri)
142
River Bed Mining of Ordinary Sand
FIGURE 3.20: SOCIO ECONOMIC SAMPLING LOCATION IN THE STUDY AREA
143
FIGURE 3.21: PHOTOGRAPHS OF SOCIO ECONOMIC SURVEY BY
THE EXPERTS
144
3.16.3 Demographic Structure
The details concerning the demographic structure of the study area was
collected from Census record of Ajmer & Nagaur district from Rajasthan
State, 2011 census. The details about demographic structure are given in
Table 3.29, literacy details in Table 3.30 and summary of demographic
information is given in Table 3.31.
The salient features are as follows:

Total population of the region as per 2011 census is 113381 out
of which 57776 are male and 55605 are female. Shown in Fig
3.22.

Total household are 21281 with a family size of 5.

Literacy rate of the population in the study area is 59915 (53%).
Shown in Fig 3.23.

Sex ratio (number of male per thousand female) in the region is
962 this shows that male population is higher in the region as
compared with the female population. Sex ratio is given in Fig
3.24.

Out of the total population Scheduled Caste 17644(16%) and
Scheduled Tribe population is 1004(1%) respectively.
(Bajri)
145
River Bed Mining of Ordinary Sand
TABLE 3.29: DEMOGRAPHIC STRUCTURE
S.N.
Village Name
No_
HH
TOT _P
TOT _M
TOT
_F
P_ 06
M_ 06
F_ 06
P_ SC
M_
F_
SC
SC
P_ ST
M_
F_
ST
ST
Sub District Ajmer
1
Bhanwta
805
4323
2202
2121
641
335
306
537
276
261
0
0
0
2
Kharekhari
524
2835
1547
1288
598
330
268
106
57
49
0
0
0
3
Kishanpura
656
3557
1841
1716
628
331
297
527
261
266
1
1
0
4
Rampura Nand
244
1272
658
614
192
105
87
443
222
221
0
0
0
5
Nand
449
2315
1173
1142
407
213
194
433
214
219
0
0
0
2678
14302
7421
6881
2466
1314
1152
2046
1030
1016
1
1
0
Sub Total
Sub District Pisangan
6
Akhepura
180
991
505
486
194
94
100
31
13
18
0
0
0
7
Bhagwanpura
338
1798
901
897
335
165
170
466
228
238
8
4
4
8
Dodiyana
425
2113
1081
1032
373
192
181
237
127
110
0
0
0
9
Budhwara
688
3744
1918
1826
570
310
260
835
418
417
9
5
4
10
Fatehpura
173
800
399
401
95
47
48
106
53
53
0
0
0
11
Garhi Goojran
156
791
402
389
132
71
61
0
0
0
0
0
0
12
Govindgarh
1208
7023
3585
3438
1084
593
491
941
463
478
108
60
48
13
Jaswantpura
356
1911
952
959
332
155
177
266
120
146
4
2
2
14
Jethana
1198
6291
3136
3155
839
462
377
1305
644
661
119
65
54
15
Kalesara
505
2418
1226
1192
352
187
165
595
285
310
0
0
0
146
16
Peesangan
2778
15471
7926
7545
2351
1269
1082
2157
1082
1075
129
73
56
17
Ram Nagar
117
732
362
370
142
73
69
0
0
0
0
0
0
18
Rampura Dabla
350
1964
991
973
292
150
142
458
222
236
0
0
0
19
Nooriyawas
383
1967
1020
947
341
189
152
393
203
190
10
6
4
20
Pagara
312
1643
847
796
330
179
151
300
151
149
0
0
0
21
Picholiya
812
4264
2188
2076
688
358
330
1039
526
513
18
7
11
22
Dantra
569
2833
1428
1405
435
208
227
516
276
240
0
0
0
23
Hanwantpura
96
502
240
262
64
25
39
162
76
86
0
0
0
24
Makrera
437
2313
1182
1131
319
166
153
429
211
218
56
26
30
25
Kotaj
264
1462
763
699
317
175
142
0
0
0
125
67
58
26
Mewariya
202
982
492
490
152
84
68
288
145
143
0
0
0
27
Nad
158
853
412
441
148
74
74
180
83
97
0
0
0
28
Reechhmaliya
325
1531
805
726
261
136
125
398
205
193
0
0
0
29
Samrathpura
222
1353
662
691
245
116
129
165
80
85
0
0
0
30
Sethan
225
1030
478
552
175
69
106
207
84
123
0
0
0
31
Surajkund
345
1877
979
898
408
221
187
355
178
177
0
0
0
32
Motisar
216
1262
675
587
233
128
105
301
158
143
4
1
3
33
Nagelao
843
4468
2229
2239
815
429
386
486
234
252
29
15
14
34
Sawaipura
214
1138
568
570
239
118
121
239
121
118
10
6
4
35
Nathoothala
328
1726
889
837
344
182
162
186
100
86
0
0
0
14423
77251
39241
38010
12605
6625
5980
13041
6486
6555
629
337
292
Sub Total
147
Sub District Beawar
36
Kotra
600
3019
1477
1542
509
264
245
338
168
170
0
0
0
37
Rawatmal
191
852
432
420
120
76
44
29
16
13
39
22
17
38
Roopaheli
142
613
312
301
128
74
54
0
0
0
0
0
0
933
4484
2221
2263
757
414
343
367
184
183
39
22
17
619
2872
1520
1352
356
197
159
25
14
11
0
0
0
Sub Total
Sub district Masuda
39
Nadi
Sub District Nasirabad
40
Nayagaon
431
2331
1168
1163
457
215
242
62
31
31
44
15
29
41
Budhpura
127
719
372
347
116
64
52
68
37
31
0
0
0
558
3050
1540
1510
573
279
294
130
68
62
44
15
29
Sub Total
Sub District Bhinay
42
Peepaliya
180
956
469
487
158
67
91
317
165
152
17
6
11
43
Mataji Ka Khera
105
613
302
311
96
49
47
44
23
21
0
0
0
285
1569
771
798
254
116
138
361
188
173
17
6
11
Sub Total
Sub District Sarwar
44
Goyla
589
2812
1459
1353
445
238
207
948
500
448
188
99
89
45
Kumhariya
106
656
324
332
93
47
46
116
56
60
10
4
6
695
3468
1783
1685
538
285
253
1064
556
508
198
103
95
230
1140
572
568
147
78
69
206
106
100
75
37
38
Sub Total
Sub District Kekri
46
Sarsari
148
Sub District Nagaur
47
Naya Gaon
271
1775
897
878
269
137
132
287
142
145
0
0
0
7
38
21
17
6
5
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
122
717
388
329
127
68
59
16
10
6
0
0
0
1
8
4
4
2
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
130
763
413
350
135
74
61
16
10
6
0
0
0
Sub district Merta
48
49
50
Basni Narsingh
Barsingh
Chopra
Ki
Dhani
Naya Khera
Sub Total
Sub District Degana
51
Lakheena
140
829
449
380
163
97
66
0
0
0
0
0
0
52
Peepliya
211
1142
570
572
199
104
95
75
32
43
0
0
0
53
Kalni Kumaran
108
736
378
358
148
81
67
26
11
15
1
0
1
459
2707
1397
1310
510
282
228
101
43
58
1
0
1
21281
113381
57776
55605
18610
9801
8809
17644
8827
8817
1004
521
483
Sub Total
Grand Total
Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011, District Ajmer & Nagaur, State Rajasthan
149
TABLE 3.30: LITERACY DETAILS
S. N.
Village Name
P_
M_
F_
P_
M_
F_
LIT
LIT
LIT
ILL
ILL
ILL
Sub District Ajmer
1
Bhanwta
2773
1628
1145
1550
574
976
2
Kharekhari
1158
804
354
1677
743
934
3
Kishanpura
1751
1142
609
1806
699
1107
4
Rampura Nand
657
407
250
615
251
364
5
Nand
1224
779
445
1091
394
697
7563
4760
2803
6739
2661
4078
Sub Total
Sub District Pisangan
6
Akhepura
416
285
131
575
220
355
7
Bhagwanpura
919
581
338
879
320
559
8
Dodiyana
988
645
343
1125
436
689
9
Budhwara
1738
1123
615
2006
795
1211
10
Fatehpura
467
285
182
333
114
219
11
Garhi Goojran
346
235
111
445
167
278
12
Govindgarh
4124
2510
1614
2899
1075
1824
13
Jaswantpura
916
584
332
995
368
627
14
Jethana
3987
2308
1679
2304
828
1476
15
Kalesara
1227
777
450
1191
449
742
16
Peesangan
9943
5893
4050
5528
2033
3495
17
Ram Nagar
259
167
92
473
195
278
18
Rampura Dabla
955
642
313
1009
349
660
19
Nooriyawas
957
629
328
1010
391
619
20
Pagara
618
439
179
1025
408
617
21
Picholiya
2222
1389
833
2042
799
1243
22
Dantra
1507
990
517
1326
438
888
150
23
Hanwantpura
274
168
106
228
72
156
24
Makrera
1280
825
455
1033
357
676
25
Kotaj
751
496
255
711
267
444
26
Mewariya
499
322
177
483
170
313
27
Nad
406
272
134
447
140
307
28
Reechhmaliya
538
363
175
993
442
551
29
Samrathpura
767
438
329
586
224
362
30
Sethan
476
300
176
554
178
376
31
Surajkund
923
588
335
954
391
563
32
Motisar
586
406
180
676
269
407
33
Nagelao
1913
1285
628
2555
944
1611
34
Sawaipura
586
349
237
552
219
333
35
Nathoothala
772
548
224
954
341
613
41360
25842
15518
35891
13399
22492
Sub Total
Sub District Beawar
36
Kotra
1742
1079
663
1277
398
879
37
Rawatmal
505
311
194
347
121
226
38
Roopaheli
292
190
102
321
122
199
2539
1580
959
1945
641
1304
1652
1194
458
1220
326
894
Sub Total
Sub District Masuda
39
Nadi
40
Nayagaon
1082
727
355
1249
441
808
41
Budhpura
239
196
43
480
176
304
1321
923
398
1729
617
1112
Sub Total
Sub District Bhinay
42
Peepaliya
384
271
113
572
198
374
43
Mataji Ka Khera
280
186
94
333
116
217
664
457
207
905
314
591
Sub Total
151
Sub District Sarwar
44
Goyla
1309
853
456
1503
606
897
45
Kumhariya
263
186
77
393
138
255
1572
1039
533
1896
744
1152
616
426
190
524
146
378
1059
645
414
716
252
464
21
12
9
17
9
8
364
265
99
353
123
230
2
1
1
6
3
3
387
278
109
376
135
241
Sub Total
Sub District Kekri
46
Sarsari
Sub District Nagaur
47
Naya Gaon
Sub District Merta
48
Basni
Narsingh
Barsingh
49
Chopra Ki Dhani
50
Naya Khera
Sub Total
Sub District Degana
51
Lakheena
372
254
118
457
195
262
52
Peepliya
501
342
159
641
228
413
53
Kalni Kumaran
309
188
121
427
190
237
Sub Total
1182
784
398
1525
613
912
Grand Total
59915
37928
21987
53466
19848
33618
Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011, District Ajmer & Nagaur, State
Rajasthan
152
TABLE 3.31: DEMOGRAPHIC SUMMARY
Demographic Parameters
Details
No of States
1
No. of District
2
No of Tehsils
11
Total No. of Households
21281
Total Population
113381
Sex ratio (No. of female\ 1000 males)
962
Scheduled castes (%)
17644(16%)
Scheduled Tribes (%)
1004(1%)
Literate (%)
59915(53%)
Main Worker
35923(32%)
Marginal Worker
16410(14%)
Non-Worker
61048(54%)
TABLE 3.32: MAIN WORKER EMPLOYMENT PATTERN
S.
N.
Village Name
MAIN
MARG
NON_
MAIN_
MAIN_
MAIN
MAIN
WORK
WORK
WORK
CL_
AL_
_HH_
_OT_
_P
_P
_P
P
P
P
P
Sub District Ajmer
1
Bhanwta
1273
519
2531
374
429
9
461
2
Kharekhari
615
365
1855
44
17
72
482
3
Kishanpura
1182
339
2036
501
392
36
253
463
239
570
26
382
22
33
1055
102
1158
444
378
12
221
4588
1564
8150
1389
1598
151
1450
4
5
Rampura
Nand
Nand
Sub Total
Sub district Pisangan
6
Akhepura
379
126
486
206
87
21
65
7
Bhagwanpura
615
214
969
278
153
3
181
153
8
Dodiyana
495
595
1023
212
126
10
147
9
Budhwara
900
419
2425
431
228
32
209
10
Fatehpura
234
205
361
82
80
5
67
11
Garhi Goojran
288
193
310
137
7
2
142
12
Govindgarh
1961
650
4412
461
393
112
995
13
Jaswantpura
602
332
977
314
125
9
154
14
Jethana
1942
672
3677
704
441
134
663
15
Kalesara
874
382
1162
515
98
24
237
16
Peesangan
4426
1773
9272
738
571
219
2898
17
Ram Nagar
373
24
335
107
252
0
14
558
580
826
310
101
7
140
18
Rampura
Dabla
19
Nooriyawas
329
511
1127
47
29
10
243
20
Pagara
660
243
740
438
88
13
121
21
Picholiya
1633
394
2237
608
534
35
456
22
Dantra
800
624
1409
363
175
58
204
23
Hanwantpura
65
180
257
16
1
0
48
24
Makrera
864
615
834
317
176
79
292
25
Kotaj
319
713
430
0
6
0
313
26
Mewariya
449
73
460
270
113
0
66
27
Nad
134
286
433
40
1
0
93
28
Reechhmaliya
754
195
582
203
506
14
31
29
Samrathpura
637
51
665
182
434
4
17
30
Sethan
510
40
480
282
119
6
103
31
Surajkund
470
329
1078
343
46
0
81
32
Motisar
540
179
543
402
60
0
78
33
Nagelao
661
1544
2263
270
22
33
336
34
Sawaipura
379
169
590
275
86
0
18
35
Nathoothala
473
302
951
137
84
9
243
23324
12613
41314
8688
5142
839
8655
Sub Total
Sub District Beawar
154
36
Kotra
471
717
1831
223
31
12
205
37
Rawatmal
187
57
608
98
25
3
61
38
Roopaheli
122
114
377
11
0
1
110
780
888
2816
332
56
16
376
1336
13
1523
332
655
1
348
Sub Total
Sub District Masuda
39
Nadi
40
Nayagaon
666
272
1393
194
79
10
383
41
Budhpura
403
0
316
293
13
0
97
1069
272
1709
487
92
10
480
557
9
390
485
6
10
56
274
114
225
241
14
0
19
831
123
615
726
20
10
75
Sub Total
Sub District Bhinay
42
43
Peepaliya
Mataji
Ka
Khera
Sub Total
Sub District Sarwar
44
Goyla
1094
168
1550
661
73
32
328
45
Kumhariya
374
8
274
330
0
0
44
1468
176
1824
991
73
32
372
474
134
532
261
38
1
174
284
491
1000
163
1
2
118
11
3
24
11
0
0
0
389
105
223
377
0
0
12
2
0
6
0
0
0
2
402
108
253
388
0
0
14
Sub Total
Sub District Kekri
46
Sarsari
Sub District Nagaur
47
Naya Gaon
Sub District Merta
Basni
48
Narsingh
Barsingh
49
50
Chopra
Dhani
Naya Khera
Sub Total
Ki
155
Sub District Degana
51
Lakheena
406
1
422
383
2
0
21
52
Peepliya
581
17
544
473
76
0
32
380
10
346
312
55
6
7
Sub Total
1367
28
1312
1168
133
6
60
Grand Total
35923
16410
61048
14925
7808
1068
12122
53
Kalni
Kumaran
Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011, District Ajmer & Nagaur, State
Rajasthan
FIGURE 3.22: POPULATION DETAILS IN THE STUDY AREA
156
FIGURE 3.23: LITERATE AND ILLITERATE POPULATION IN THE STUDY
AREA
FIGURE 3.24: SEX RATIO IN THE STUDY AREA
157
FIGURE 3.25: EMPLOYMENT PATTERN IN THE STUDY AREA
FIGURE 3.26: MAIN WORKER EMPLOYMENT PATTERN IN THE STUDY
AREA
158
3.16.4 Economic Attributes
Economic resource base of any region mainly depends upon its economically
active group i.e. the working population involved in productive work. WorkWork may be defined as participation in any economically productive activity.
Such participation may be physical or mental in nature. Work involves not
actual work but also effective supervision and direction of work. It also includes
unpaid work on farm or in family enterprise.
The employment pattern of worker and Main worker of the study area is
described below and presented in Table 3.32 As well as in Fig.3.25 and Fig 3.26.

Main worker population is 35923(32%), 16410(14%) comes under
marginal worker category and 61048(54%) belong to non-workers
category.

Main other workers are 12122 (34%). and main cultivators workers
are 14925(41%)

There are 7808(22%) and 1068(3%) workers as agriculture and house
hold industry worker.
3.16.5
3.16.5.1
SOCIO-ECONOMIC SURVEY
Sampling Method
A judgmental and purposive sampling method was used for choosing
respondents of various sections of the society i.e. Sarpanch, adult males and
females, teachers, medical practitioners, businesspersons, agriculture laborers,
fishermen, unemployed group etc. Judgmental and purposive sampling method
includes the right cases from the total population that helps to fulfill the
purpose of research needs.
159
Data Collection Method
Data collection is a term used to describe a process of preparing and
collecting data, for example, as part of a process improvement or similar project.
The purpose of data collection is to obtain information to keep on record, to
make decisions about important issues, to pass information on to others.
Primarily, data are collected to provide information regarding a specific topic.
Data collection usually takes place early on in an improvement project, and is
often formalized through a data collection plan
which often contains the
following activity.

Pre collection activity — agree on goals, target data, definitions,
methods

Collection — data collection

Present Findings — usually involves some form of sorting analysis
and/or presentation
Main types of data collection include census, sample survey, and administrative
by-product and each with their respective advantages and disadvantages. A
census refers to data collection about everyone or everything in a group or
population and has advantages, such as accuracy and detail and disadvantages,
such as cost and time.
Types of Data
The data needed for a social science research may be broadly classified into

Data pertaining to human beings,

Data relating to organization

Data pertaining to territorial
Field Survey and Observations
Field research involves the collection of primary data or information that is
new. This is collected through surveys and questionnaires that are made out
specifically for a purpose Observations can be conducted on nearly any subject
160
matter and the kinds of observations will do depend on survey question. Field
Survey and Observations were made at each sampling village and the quality of
life of that region is studied. Visits were made at hospitals, primary health
centers and sub-centers to know the health status of the region. Various
governmental organizations such as statistical department, department of
census operations are visited to collect the population details of that region.
Interview Method
Interview is verbal questioning. Surveys are also conducted through interviews.
Interviews consist of asking questions, listening to individuals and recording
their responses. At times, you may find it more profitable to ask questions to a
few individuals instead of carrying out a large-scale questionnaire based
survey. The interview can be done very informally, e.g. as conversations with
people met in the fields, co-operative stores or block offices. At the other end of
the scale, highly structured interviews often rely on questionnaires or interview
schedules with mostly closed-ended questions that allow the respondents only a
limited range of possible answers. Structured interview method is used to
collect data regarding the awareness and opinion from the sample selected of
the various socio- economic sections of the community. The questionnaire
mainly highlights the parameters of primary needs.
The interview method has the advantage that almost all perfect sample of the
general population can be reached and respond to the approach. Interview
method helps to collect more correct and accurate information as the
interviewer is present during the field survey.
Socio-economic survey was conducted in ten villages within the study area
located in all directions with reference to the project site.
The respondents were asked for their awareness/opinion about the project and
their opinion about the impacts of the project, which is an important aspect of
socio-economic environment, viz. job opportunities, education, health care,
transportation facility and economic status.
161
The salient observations recorded during survey in the study area:
According to survey done in the study area, survey observation as per below:
 In the study area main occupation of villagers is agricultural work, labor
work and small business
 Most of the houses are in pakka form.
 Roads are well connected with district place
 Farmers are depend on mainly monsoon for agricultural activity
 Communication facility is good with mobile network and transportation
facility
 All villages are well electrified and used for all purposes
 Main language in study area is Rajasthani as well as Hindi is widely spoken
by population.
 Mainly LPG is used by villagers for cooking purpose. Other sources are wood,
kerosene etc.
3.16.5.2
Awareness and Opinion
Awareness is the state or ability to perceive, to feel, or to be conscious of
events, objects or sensory patterns. In this level of consciousness, sense data can
be confirmed by an observer without necessarily implying understanding. In
general, an opinion is a subjective belief, and is the result of emotion or
interpretation of facts. An opinion may be supported by an argument, although
people may draw opposing opinions from the same set of facts. For assessing the
awareness and opinion about the project activity socio-economic survey was
conducted in the sampling villages. The salient observations drawn through
survey are described below:
 The respondents from almost all the villages are aware about the project activity.
 Some of the respondents have very good opinion about the project and they opined
that due to proposed project activity, quality of life of the villages will improve.
 Respondent have suggested minimizing the environmental pollution during and
after project activity.
=======*******======
162
CHAPTER – IV
ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
AND MITIGATION MEASURES
4.1
INTRODUCTION
Any human activity in any environment produces impact, modifying it to a
status which is considered adverse of beneficial according to the damage or
improvement it brings about in physical, chemical and biological status of
air, water, land including biota and in socio-cultural life styles and economy
of the populace it affects. Depending on the nature of activities and
existing status, the impacts are assessed for their importance. On the basis
of
the
impact
requirement
analysis, the
are
focused
in
mitigating
action
the Environmental
and future
Management
monitoring
Plan
for
counting or minimizing adverse impacts.
Effects of this mining project on each of the environmental parameters are
detailed below in accordance with the parameter of environment likely to be
affected.
-
Topography & Drainage
-
Climate
-
Air environment
-
Land environment
-
Ecology
-
Water environment
-
Noise levels
-
Soil
-
Socio-economic environment
-
Cultural and Heritage environment
163
Generally, the environmental impacts can be categorized as either primary or
secondary. Primary impacts are those which can be attributed directly to the
project. On the indirect or induced and typically include the associated
investments and change patterns of social and economic by the proposed
actions.
4.2 IMPACT ON TOPOGRAPHY & DRAINAGE
4.2.1 Impact on topography & drainage
Topography of the surrounding area will remain unchanged. No change in
topography of applied mining lease area, because due to removal of sand,
temporary pits will be generated and it will be replenished during the monsoon.
4.2.2
Drainage
Drainage pattern of the area is dendritic. The applied lease area is part of
Saraswati and Sagarmati River. The drainage pattern of the applied lease area
is from east to west direction. Systematic mining i.e. removal/ collection of sand
will be done as per approved mining plan. So there will be no impact on the
drainage pattern.
Mitigation Measures
 The mine working will be confined to river bed only and in no case disturbing
any surface area outside which may affect topography or drainage.
Proposed Mining blocks for removal/collection of sand will change the
topography of river bed on permanent basis, there is possibility of reestablishment of the topography of the area.
 Mining will be done in a planned way i.e. removal and collection of sand shall
be started from the center part and then laterally in 3 meter thickness, so that
the river course will not get affected.
 Unwanted material including mineral or spillage (if any) will not be stacked on
the bank side as it will hinder the flow of water in monsoon season.
164
 The removal and collection of sand from river bed will not have any impact on
natural drainage of surrounding area as the removed Bajri from river bed is
possibility of re-establishment of the topography of the area.
4.3
IMPACTS ON CLIMATE
4.3.1 Temperature
The temperature pattern is a regional behavior and is not likely to be
affected by the river bed mining activity over a small area. Some local effect
may be perceived due to mining, afforestation and creation of voids in the
applied lease area.
4.3.2 Rainfall
The trend of rainfall, as studied and discussed in last chapter, forms part
of a regional pattern, not dependent on the relatively small area of river bed
mining activity. The mining operation, therefore, is not likely to have any
adverse impact on rainfall pattern.
4.3.3 Wind Speed
The wind speed in any area is dependent upon local topography and
generation of elevation and depression of pressure changes in the region.
The controlling factors for the pressure changes lie much beyond the
control of small area under mining operations. Thus, no adverse impact on
the regional wind speed is anticipated due to the mining operations.
However, some local ground level changes may take place due to the
buildings, green belt developed around the applied mine, etc.
1.3.4
Humidity
The pattern
of
relative
humidity depends
mainly on the rainfall, wind,
temperature and other weather phenomenon that regional in behavior. The
165
mining operation is not likely to have any impact on the relative humidity in the
surrounding.
4.5
IMPACT ON AIR ENVIRONMENT
4.5.1 Impact through Mathematical Modeling for Sand Mining Project
As explained in the previous chapter, the ambient air quality monitoring
results show that all the parameters such as PM10, SO2, and NOx are within
the limits prescribed by CPCB for “Industrial and Mixed use” areas as well as
areas meant for “Residential and Rural” areas. This scenario is with the
expansion already in place.
The major contribution of air pollution is by river bed mining, such as
excavation, loading, transportation, and handling of Bajri. This will lead to
momentary rise in the particulate matter (PM10). The dust liberated in mining
and other related operations is injurious to heath if inhaled in sufficient
quantity.
4.5.2 Air Pollution Modeling
The impact of the expansion on the air quality has been predicated using
Fugitive Dust Model (FDM), which is a computerized air quality model
specifically designed for computing concentration and deposition impacts
from fugitive dust sources. The sources may be point, line or area sources. The
model has not been designed to compute the impacts of buoyant point sources,
thus it contains no plume rise logarithm. The model is generally based on the
well-known Gaussian Plume formulation for computing concentrations, but
the
model
has been
specifically
adapted
to
incorporate
an
improved
gradient transfer deposition algorithm. Emissions for each source are
apportioned
by the
user into
a
series
of
particle
size
classes.
A
gravitational setting velocity and a deposition velocity are calculated by
FDM for each class.
166
4.5.3 Pollutants / Model Options Considered for Computations
The model simulations deal with major Pollution Particulate Matter (PM10) and
gaseous emissions viz. SO2 & NO2.
4.5.4 Meteorological Data
Data recorded by continuous weather monitoring station on wind speed,
direction, and temperature at one hour interval for the monitoring period was
used as meteorological input.
4.5.5 Presentation of result
In the present case model simulations have been carried using the hourly triple
joint frequency data. Short – term simulations were carried to estimate
concentration at the receptors to obtain an optimum description of variations in
concentrations over the site in 10-km radius covering 16 directions.
The incremental concentration is estimated for the monitoring period. For each
time scale, i.e. for 24 hr. the model computes the highest concentration observed
during the period over all the measurement points.
Dust emission rate from the applied mining area, based on the following
empirical formula.
a)
Dust emission due to excavation:
Pa x 23.6
Dust emission (DE) =
----------------------
Wd x Wh x 1000
DE
=
Dust emission in kg/hr
Pa
=
Annual Excavation in Tonnes
Wd
=
No. of days of operation in a year
167
Wh
=
Effective working hrs. in a day
About 23.6 Quantity of dust emitted in kg/for 1000 tonnes of excavation
Dust emission rate of proposed blocks are given in below table.
S.
Block
No.
1 Block No. 1 (Saraswati River)
2 Block No. 2 (Sagarmati River)
Area
Production
(Hectare)
(TPA)
51.3618
5,60,000
112.0885
5,60,000
Dust
emission rate
5.506
5.506
The above mentioned emission rate is without adoption of dust control
measures.
The literature suggests that dust control measures reduce the
emissions and effective emission rate is one third of the computed emission.
Accordingly emission rate to be in the modeling is (5.506 /3) i.e. 1.835 kg/hr.
Mine Dimensions
The mine dimensions are as follows:
Applied Area = 163.4503 hectare
Meteorological Data
On site hourly meteorological data
for winter months (Dec 2013 to Feb. 2014)
in respect of wind speed, wind direction, temperature and cloud amount are
utilized in this study. The data was put in model format. The mixing heights
have been extracted from CPCB publications.
Modeling Procedure
Methodology:
Prediction of ground level concentrations (glc’s) due to mining have been made
by Industrial Source Complex, Short Term (ISCST3) as per CPCB guidelines.
ISCST3 is US-EPA approved model to predict the air quality. The model uses
rural dispersion and regulatory defaults options as per guidelines on air quality
models (PROBES/70/1997-1998). The model assumes receptors on undulating
168
and hilly. This model is capable of handling point, area, and line sources
simultaneously.
Meteorological inputs required are hourly wind speed and direction ambient
temperature, stability class, mixing height and wind exponents. The model
details follow.
Gaussian Plume Model
Ground Level Concentration, from a point source at any receptor under
unlimited mixing is given by (USEPA ISCST3, 1987).
=
Qg1g2
(2 y zu)
Where,
g1 = exp(-y2/2y2)
g2 = exp[-(z-H)2/2z2] + exp[-(z+H)2/2z2]
In unstable or neutral conditions if z > 1.6 L (limited mixing) the distribution
below the mixing height is uniform with height provided that both the effective
height H, and the receptor height z are below the mixing height
Qg1
=
(yLu 2case
) or neutral conditions when z < 1.6 L
In unstable
=
Qg1
(2 y zu)
Where,
Q = source strength
Z = receptor height above the ground
u = wind speed
L = mixing height and
y &z = dispersion parameters
g3 = exp[-(z-H+2NL)2/2z2] + exp[-(z+H+2NL)2/2z2]
169
Evaluation with N the number of reflections, varying from –4 to +4 is usually
sufficient
Stability Classification
Hourly stability is determined by wind direction fluctuation method as
suggested by Slade(1965)and recommended by CPCB (PROBES/70/1997-1998).
 = Wdr/6
, is standard deviation of wind direction fluctuation, Wdr is the overall wind
direction fluctuation or width of the wind direction in degrees. The table for
stability classes is given as under.
Stability Class
A
B
C
D
E
F
 (degree)
> 22.5
22.4 – 17.5
17.4 – 12.5
12.4 – 7.5
7.4 – 3.5
< 3.5
Dispersion Parameters
Dispersion parameters y and z for open country conditions (Briggs, 1974) are
used as the project is located on a flat terrain in a rural area. Atmospheric
dispersion coefficients vary with downwind distance (x) from emission sources
for different atmospheric stability conditions. (CPCB – PROBES/70/1997-98).
Rural Conditions
Stability Class
A
B
C
D
E
F
y
0.22x(1+0.0001x)-.5
0.16x(1+0.0001x)-.5
0.11x(1+0.0001x)-.5
0.08x(1+0.0001x)-.5
0.06x(1+0.0001x)-.5
0.04x(1+0.0001x)-.5
z
0.20x
0.12x
0.08x(1+0.0002x).5
0.06(1+0.0015x).5
0.03x(1+0.0003x)-1
0.16x(1+0.0003x)-1
170
Ambient Air Quality Standards
Ambient air quality standards promulgated by Central Pollution Control Board
(CPCB) for all type of land uses for the relevant air quality parameters are as
follows:
Concentration (g/m3)
PM10
SO2
NOx
100
80
80
Plan and frame work of computations & selection of locations
The locations have been selected around the applied mining area covering an
area of 10 km radius from the center of mining. The entire area has been put on
grid network and grid spacing has been taken as 500 m.
Plan of Computation
The emission rate, dispersion coefficients and other input data being now
available; it was planned to compute the following:
-The 24 hourly averaged incremental concentration with hourly data.
-The identification of grid point having peak concentration for the incremental
values.
-Preparation of isopleths of for various pollutants.
Predicted Ambient Air Quality
With a wide fluctuation in meteorological parameters it is a complex task to
predict post project ambient air quality. With available ambient air quality data
and incremental concentrations computed through mathematical modeling the
post project ambient air quality have been predicted in below table.
The maximum incremental GLCs due to the river bed mining project for PM 10,
SO2 and NO2 are superimposed on the maximum baseline PM10, SO2 and NO2
concentration recorded at the monitoring location during the field monitoring
period.
The
cumulative
concentration
(baseline
+
incremental)
after
171
implementation of the project. The maximum GLCs after implementation of the
project are likely to be not in the prescribed NAAQ standards.
The mining will be done in two different blocks of applied lease area in the
operational phase. So incremental value of the two different blocks is given in
below table.
TABLE 4.1: PREDICTED AMBIENT AIR QUALITY CONCENTRATIONS IN
OPERATION PHASE CUMULATIVE CONCENTRATIONS (BASELINE +
INCREMENTAL) FOR PM10
S.
No.
Particular
Core zone
Block no. I
Core zone
Block no. II
1.
Monitored Maximum concentrations in
µg/m3
94.14*
91.46*
2.
Predicted incremental
concentrations in µg/m3
0.28
0.10
3.
Resultant Maximum concentrations in
µg/m3
91.42
91.56
4.
NAAQS (dated 2009)
100
100
Maximum
*Maximum Concentration value in the core zone at proposed working blocks in
the applied lease area.
It is clear from predicted values that concentrations in respect of PM10 are well
within limits at all locations.
172
FIGURE 4.1: GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION OF AMBIENT AIR
QUALITY IN OPERATION PHASE OF (BLOCK NO. 1 SARASWATI RIVER)
1KM FOR PM10
QUALITY IN OPERATION PHASE (BLOCK NO. 1 SARASWATI RIVER)
10KM FOR PM10
173
QUALITY IN OPERATION PHASE OF (BLOCK NO. 2, SAGARMATI RIVER)
1KM FOR PM10
QUALITY IN OPERATION PHASE (BLOCK NO. 2, SAGARMATI RIVER)
10KM FOR PM10
174
QUALITY ON TRANSPORTATION ROUTE IN OPERATIONAL PHASE IN
THE STUDY AREA
175
Mitigation measures
 To control the emissions regular preventive maintenance of equipment will be
carried out on contractual basis.
 Proper mitigation measures like water sprinkling will be adopted to control
dust emissions.
 Plantation will be carried out on approach roads & nearby vicinity of river
bank.
 It is being ensured that all transportation vehicles will carry a valid PUC
certificate.
 There is no toxic element present in the mineral which may contaminate the
soil.
(a) During Drilling & Blasting
No drilling & blasting is involved in this project.
(b) During Transport Operations
All the haul roads are kept levelled, wide and compacted.
Regular water spraying will be done on haul roads in the applied mining
area.
In order to reduce dust pollution, green belt will be developed.
4.6
IMPACT ON NOISE LEVEL
The exposures to excessive noise levels can lead to:
 Prevention of sleep, insomnia and fatigue.
 Decrease in speech reception, communication, distraction and diminished
concentration thus adversely affecting job performance efficiency.
 Chronic psychological disturbance including impaired hearing.
 Irreparable cardiovascular, respiratory and neuralgic damages in certain
extreme cases.
176
The area is general represents calm surroundings. There is no heavy traffic,
industry or noisy habitation in the area of applied mine. With the increase in
scale of mining operations and vehicles operation and men and noise levels are
expected to increase.
Mitigation Measures
 Periodical monitoring of noise will be done.
 No other equipment’s except the transportation vehicles will be allowed.
 Noise generated by these transportation vehicles shall be intermittent and
does not cause much adverse impact.
 Proper maintenance of all transportation vehicles will be carried out which
help in reducing noise during operations.
 Plantation will be taken up along the approach roads and vicinity of river
bank. The plantation minimizes propagation of noise and also arrests dust.
4.7
IMPACT ON HYDROLOGICAL CONDITIONS
The study area itself being part of River Saraswati and Sagarmati course
carries surface as well as ground water (under current). The flow of
surface/ground water (sub surface flow) is following the trend of topography,
which is in the east to west direction.
The area is part of river bed for more than nine months in a year except for the
rainy season. The Bajri will be mining up to the depth of 3mt will have
insignificant impact on water regime.
The ground water table which will be about 20 to 25m below the surface of river
bed in the mining area during the dry seasons will not be disturbed as ultimate
working depth will be 3.0 m. Thus the mine operation will not affect the
hydrological conditions of the area. There is no possibility of replenishment of
sand (Bajri). With the mining of sand and Bajri there is possibility of reApplicant – Shri Arjun Singh
177
establishment of the drainage pattern of the area, thus it will be positive impact
on the ground water scenario in the subsequent mining period.
With the normal rainfall of 453.2 mm in the region. There is no possibility of
replenishment of ordinary sand (Bajri). With the mining of sand and Bajri there
is possibility of re-establishment of the drainage pattern of the area.
4.8
IMPACT ON WATER QUALITY
The proposed project is for removal of sand from the river bed up to a depth of 3
meter only, which will not have any impact on the water quality.
River is recharging the ground water; excessive mining will reduce the
thickness of the natural filter materials (sediments), infiltration through which
the ground water is recharged, so restriction in depth becomes necessity.
Mitigation Measures
Removal/collection of sand in the area will be done well above the water table as
well as river bed water level therefore; no impact on water regime is
anticipated. The water table is at 20-25 m below the river bed level while the
workings in the area are proposed up to a max. depth of 3m. So that water level
is not touched. No waste water will be generated from the proposed activity, as
the project only involves removal/collection of sand from river bed.
4.9
IMPACT ON FLORA & FAUNA (Core & Buffer Zone)
4.9.1 Impacts
As the mining activities will be confined to core zone only, no adverse
impact is foreseen on the flora and fauna of buffer zone.
The proposed project involves removal/collection of sand from river bed,
construction of approach road, which will not have any impact on the flora and
fauna of core zone. No forest land in the applied lease area. It is entirely a Govt.
178
waste
land.
No
impact
on
the
flora
and
fauna
is
anticipated
as
removal/collection of sand will be done in the dry part of the proposed blocks of
applied area. No endangered species found in the applied lease area.
4.9.2
Mitigation Measures
Working will be done in such a way that it will not affect the flora and fauna.
Plantation will be carried out on approach roads and nearby vicinity at river
banks areas will, over a period of time, to upgrade the flora.
The impact on the fauna due to the removal/ collection of sand will be negligible.
Working will be confined to core zone only by manual means and fauna in the
core zone is minimal. Even so, by restricting mining at any time to small
areas, impact on fauna will be kept to the minimum. However, progressive
plantation activity being undertaken will over a period
of time create
conditions favorable for fauna.
4.10 IMPACT ON LAND ENVIRONMENT
4.10.1 Land Use in Buffer Zone
No adverse impact is anticipated on land use of buffer zone due to the
proposed mining operations, as all the related activities are confined to
the core zone.
4.10.2 Impact on land use pattern including change of river course
If the mining is not carried out in a systematic manner by leaving sufficient
safety barriers from bank then it may disturb the river flow/course.
 Stacking of unwanted material including mineral or spillage (if any) on the
bank side of the river will hinder the flow of water in monsoon season, raise
water level upstream, which may lead to bank cutting or flouting.
179
 Deviation from planned mining procedures can lead to river channel shifting
as well as degradation of surrounding land, causing loss of properties and
degradation of landscape.
 Mining within a river bed may have some impact on the stream’s physical
characteristics, such as channel geometry, bed elevation in stream roughness of
the bed, flow velocity, discharge capacity, sediment transportation capacity etc.
 Alteration or modification of the above attributes may cause noticeable
hazardous impact on ecological equilibrium of riverine regime.
Mitigation Measures
 Sand will be mined out in central position of stream and sufficient safety
barrier say 10% of width will be left towards bank side. So that the river
flow/course will not get disturbed.
 Removal/collection of Sand will be started from dip side towards rise at the
center and also laterally in 3 meter slice so that the river course will not get
affected. Unwanted material or spillage (if any) will not be stacked by the side
of the excavation voids created. This is to be done so, because it will otherwise
hinder the flow of water in monsoon season.
 Removal/ collection is to done leaving safety barrier on both sides and
maximum barrier should be on concave side of river preferably the flow channel
(excavation void created) should be kept straight so as to help avoid erosion as
side cutting.
4.10.3 Land Degradation Control Measures
The present land use, land use after 5 years working land use of the leasehold
area is given in below table.
180
TABLE 4.2: LAND USE PATTERN - PRE OPERATIONAL & OPERATIONAL
PHASE IN HECTARE
S.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
4.11
PRE
Particulars
OPERATIONAL
OPERATIONAL
PHASE
PHASE
Under mining Area
Dumps
Plantation
Road
Railway Track
Backfilled Mined Out
Remaining virgin Govt.
land
Total
---0.3400
---
118.0000
-25.0000
0.3600
---
163.1103
20.0903
163.4503
163.4503
IMPACT ON SOIL
No soil cover exists in the core zone so there will be impact.
No impact on soil of the buffer zone is envisaged due to removal/collection of
sand, as fugitive emission shall remain confined within working area/haul road
and emission will be controlled by water sprinkling and plantation.
4.12
IMPACT ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT
The villages and their inhabitants in the buffer zone will not be disturbed
from their settlements due to the proposed project
There is no inhabitation within the applied lease area. Therefore
neither
villages nor any part of village or any hamlet will be disturbed during the
operational phase. So no adverse impact is anticipated on human settlement.
4.12.1 Employment
The proposed project will provide employment to the 857 persons. The various
indirect employment opportunities have also been generated. Several persons
of the neighboring villages have been benefited with loading/uploading,
contract works, employment through contractors, running of jeeps, trucks,
181
tractors and buses on hire, different kind of shops and transport related
business avenues.
4.12.2 Economic Status
Due to proposed project direct and in-direct employment, business opportunities
and other earing resources will be generated, which will improve the economic
status of the local people. Other than this welfare amenities such as medical
facilities, conveyance, free education, drinking water supply etc. will be
provided to the workers.
4.12.3 Sensitive Targets
There are no places of Tourist, religious & Historical importance in core zone.
Therefore, no adverse impacts are anticipated.
4.12.4 Impact on Occupational Health & Safety
The possible impact on occupational health & safety in the proposed project may
be Inhalation of dust, Accident due to transportation vehicles, bed mining
practices etc.
4.12.5 Measures to Control Occupational Health Hazard & Safety
The working in the applied lease area will be done with all safety measures
under the supervision of qualified staff. The workers will be provided dust
mask, safety boot, helmet and other safety equipment. A well-equipped first aid
box will be maintained at site.
For mitigating the aspect the following measures will be implemented: i. Regular water sprinkling on haul roads.
ii.
Dust mask will be provided to the workers,
iii.
Periodical medical examinations will be carried out for the workers as
per Norms,
iv.
Medical records will be keep maintained,
v.
Medical facilities to the workers,
vi.
Any early symptom of diseases, if observed, such workers will be taken
off in the dusty atmosphere and suitable employed elsewhere,
182
vii.
Personal Protective Equipment’s will be provided to the workers,
viii.
Vocational Training will be provided to the workers.
ix.
Safety of the employee during mining will be taken care as per Mine
Regulations 1961,
4.13 DETAILS OF INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES FOR WORKER
a. Water for drinking & other purpose will be arranged.
b. All the safety equipment’s such as helmets, safety shoes, goggles, dust masks
etc.
c. A well-equipped first aid facilities,
d. Periodic medical health checkups, rest shelter, washrooms will be provided.
4.14
STRUCTURED ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT AND ACTION PLAN
The applicant has endeavored the mitigation measures of potential impact
and aspects of operation.
TABLE 4.3: ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT MATRIX
Environmental
Setting &
baseline
Aspect of
Operation
Potential impacts
Mitigation measures
1. Ore handling
Fugitive Emissions
& Noise
Effective water
sprinklers
2.Transportation
Fugitive Emissions
& Noise
Effective water
sprinklers
--
--
--
1. Air
The Regional
emissions well
within norms
1. Contamination
2. Water
Existing water
quality is
potable
1. Ore excavation
2. Altered
hydrologic regime
Provision of reducing
turbidity & SS
Provision of rain water
harvesting
========********=======
183
CHAPTER – V
ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
5.1. INTRODUCTION
Consideration of alternatives to a project proposal is a requirement of EIA
process. During the scoping process, alternatives to a proposal can be considered
or refined, either directly or by reference to the key issues identified. A
comparison of alternatives helps to determine the best method of achieving the
project objectives with minimum environmental impacts or indicates the most
environmentally friendly and cost effective options.
5.2. FACTOR BEHIND THE SELECTION OF PROJECT SITE
The proposed project is mining unit for the removal/collection of sand from
Saraswati & Sagarmati river bed at near village - Govindgarh, Akhepura,
Jaswantpura, Pisangan, Budhwada, Nuriawas, Tehsil – Pisangan, District –
Ajmer, Rajasthan, The letter of Intent has been granted by State Govt.
The proposed mining lease area has following advantages:_ The applied mining area occurs in a non-forest area.
_ The required material is found in the sound quality/quantity in the applied
area.
_ There is no habitation within the applied lease area; hence no R & R issues
exist.
_ The river bed (proposed mining blocks of applied mining lease area) remains
dry excepts the monsoon season.
_ Availability of skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled workers in this region.
_
All
the
basic
amenities
such
as
medical,
firefighting,
education,
transportation, Communication and infrastructural facilities are accessible.
_ Applied area has good connectivity through road and rail. The nearest
highway is National Highway – 8, is passing over in the SE direction, coming
from Beawar going to Ajmer, which is about 10 km from the Block no. II of the
184
applied lease area. The nearest Railway station is at Mangliyawas, which is
about 20 km away from Pisangan.
_ The proposed mining operations will be restricted up to a depth of 3 meter
which will not intersect the ground water level. Hence, no impact on ground
water environment.
5.3. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SITE
No alternatives are suggested as the proposed project is site specific as per the
occurrence of material.
5.4. FACTOR BEHIND SELECTION OF PROPOSED TECHNOLOGY
Open cast manual mining operation method will be used for the removal/
collection of sand from the proposed blocks. The proposed method is suitable for
the area as: As the material deposition is superficial and not deeply embedded, therefore
opencast method of working is preferred.
 There is lesser chance of subsidence in case of opencast mining.
 As there is no soil cover/OB in the area.
 The material will be loaded manually in the tractor trolley & will be sold
directly to the buyers.
5.5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGY
Open cast manual method has been selected for this project. This technology is
having least gestation period, economically viable, safest and less labor
intensive. The method has inbuilt flexibility for increasing or decreasing the
production as per market condition.
=====********======
185
CHAPTER – VI
6.1
INTRODUCTION
Success of any environmental management programme depends upon the
efficiency of the organizational set up responsible for Implementation of the
programme. Post project monitoring is an essential part to check the impact of
any project activity.
Hence monitoring of various environmental parameters will be carried out a
regular basis to ascertain the following:
 To assess environmental impacts.
 State of pollution within the applied mine lease and in its vicinity.
 Planning for predictive or corrective actions in respect of pollution to keep it
within permissible limits.
 Examine the efficiency of pollution control system adopted at the site.
 Monitoring will be carried out at side as per the statutory requirements.
 Environmental monitoring will be taken up for various environmental
components as per conditions stipulated in Environmental Clearance Letter
issued by MOEF & Consent to operate issued by the State Pollution Control
Board. Compliance of same will be submitted to respective authorities on
regular basis.
6.2
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL
In order to maintain the environmental quality within the stipulated standard,
regular monitoring of various environmental component is necessary which will
complied as per condition for this an Environmental Management team be
constituted.
186
6.2.1 Hierarchical System
 Apart from having an EMP, it is also necessary to have a permanent
organizational set up charged with the task of ensuring its effective
implementation.
 We will undertake to monitor the environmental pollution levels by measuring
ambient air quality, water and effluent quality, noise levels etc. by appointing
external agencies. We will ensure that the pollution is limited to allowable
values and to take corrective action if required.
 In case the monitored results of environmental pollution are found to exceed
the allowable values, the Environmental Management Cell will suggest
remedial action and get these suggestions implemented through the concerned
Departments.
 The Environmental Management cell will also coordinate all the related
activities such as collection of statistics of health of workers and population of
the region, afforestation and green belt development.
The proposed organizational chart for environmental management
FIGURE 6.1: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL ORGANIZATIONAL
CHART
Environmental Management Cell
Chief Executive Officer
Env. Officer (M.Sc. Env. Sc.)
Geologist /Mines Manager/Assi. M.M
Monitoring of Air /Water / Noise/ Soil etc.
187
6.2.2 Environmental Policy:
Project proponent is committed to providing a quality service in a manner that
ensures a safe and healthy workplace for employees and minimizes potential
impact on the environment. They will operate in compliance with all relevant
environmental legislation and strive
to use pollution prevention and
environmental best practices.
The applicant will:
Integrate the consideration of environmental concerns and impacts into
all the decision making & activities.

Promote
environmental
awareness
among
the
employees
and
encourage them to work in an environmentally responsible manner.

Trained, educate and inform our employees about environmental issues
that may affect their work.

Where required by legislation or where significant health, safety or
environmental hazards exist, develop and maintain appropriate emergency
and spill response programmes.

Strive to continually improve our environmental performance and
minimize the social impact and damage of activities by periodic review of
environmental policy in light of current and planned future activities.
6.3
RESPONSIBILITIES
FOR
ENVIRONMENTAL
MANAGEMENT
TEAM (EMT)
The said team is responsible for:
1.
Collecting water and air samples, work zone monitoring for air
pollutants.
2.
Analyzing the water and air samples.
3.
Implementing the control and protective measures.
4. Coordinating the environment related activities within the project as well as
with outside agencies.
188
5. Collecting statistics on health of workers and population of
surroundings
villages.
6.
Green belt development etc.
7. Monitoring and evaluating the progress of implementation of environmental
management programme.
8. Unit will comply with all legal regulations on environment to the best extent
Possible. The compliance to various environment regulations shall be displayed
at Mining Site in the form of a Board.
9. It will engage an environmental expert as its team member as per a general
consultant for advisory purpose on environmental issues. It will bring all issues
of non-compliance to the notice of its advisory team and take prompt action to
comply with the same.
10. Regular six monthly reports shall be submitted to the Regional Office,
MoEF; Government of India and Mining Department and local community
Representative shall be asked to verify the compliances.
6.4 MONITORING SCHEDULE AND PARAMETERS
To evaluate the effectiveness of environmental management programme,
regular monitoring of the important environment parameters will be taken up.
The schedule, duration and parameters to be monitored are shown in table:
189
TABLE 6.1: MONITORING SCHEDULE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL
PARAMETERS
Particulars
Surface /
Ground
water
Monitoring
Frequencies of Station
Grab
year
Once in a
monitoring
Quarter.
Noise
Once in a
Monitoring
quarter
Soil
Once in a
Sampling
year
Important Monitoring Parameters
pH, SS, TDS, Iron, Hardness,
Once in a
Ambient air
6.5
Duration
Alkalinity Chlorides, Nitrates
Sulphate & Flourides
24 hr.
PM10, SOx and NOx
8 hr.
Level in dB(A) and dB(C)
PH, Conductivity, Sulphate, Nitrate,
Grab
Phosphates, Alkalinity & texture.
BUDGETARY PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
The below table give overall investment on the environmental safeguards
and recurring expenditure for successful monitoring and implementation of
control measures.
TABLE 6.2: COST OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES
(Investment and Recurring cost Rs. Lakh)
S. No
Particulars
Capital
Recurring cost /
cost
annum
1.
Pollution control
5.00
1.00
2.
5.00
1.00
3.
Plantation
5.00
2.00
4.
Occupational health
3.00
1.00
TOTAL
18.00
5.00
190
Total investment on environmental improvement works envisaged is Rs.
18.00 lakhs and recurring expenditure during the stage of production is Rs.
5.00 lakhs per year.
========********=======
191
CHAPTER – VII
ADDITIONAL STUDIES
7.1 INTRODUCTION
The proposed project is for the mining (removal/ collection of sand), from the
river bed of Saraswati & Sagarmati by opencast manual method of mining. As
per the EIA notification 2006, before the establishment of project public
consultation, Risk assessment & social impact assessment due to project has to
be addressed, which are as follows:
7.2 PUBLIC CONSULTATION
Public hearing was conducted as per EIA Notification on dated 17.09.2014, at
Rajeev Gandhi Sewa Kendra, village – Govindgarh, Tehsil Pisangan, District
Ajmer, Rajasthan. The public hearing was chaired by ADM and Regional Officer
and also attended by local peoples, during the process suggestion, objection were
invited from the local people regarding the project. During the public
consultation, no objection regarding the project has been received. However
people are happy for the coming project as they will get employment and other
facilities. Minutes of public hearing is given in below table.
TABLE 7.1: MINUTES OF PUBLIC HEARING
Issues raised by the Public
Response/
Commitment of
Project Proponents
8.
Shri Prakash Kumawat,
Ward Punch, village Govindgarh
told that, at present mines are
running, but no money has been
spent over the project by the project
proponents. He affirmed that
Govindgarh
Gram
Panchayat
people should be allowed to keep
Bajri royalty-free and also stated
that the Gram Panchayat has no
knowledge regarding the lease area.
He proposed that the revenue from
the lease should be brought for
development of the village. He
further stated that the farmers
have received the NOC from the
panchayat for the water of the well,
Environment
management fund is
submitted to the
Govt.
which
is
proposed for the
development of the
village.
For
the
development
of
Panchayat 2% of
royalty will be spent
under the District
Council.
He told
that as per the
mining
rules
no
mining can be done
in the range of 45m
distance from the
Action Plan
Fund
Allotment
(in Rs.
Lacs)
Constructions of washrooms
and
other
infrastructural
development in nearby villages.
The removal/ collection of Bajri
will be done as per approved
mining plan.
2.0
192
which flows from the lease area to
the agricultural land through
pipelines. He also asked to clarify
the practices undertaken in the
lease area for the mining operation.
9.
Shri Satyanarayan Yadav,
village Govindgarh asked whether
the mining area is free from grazing
land or not? He also asked whether
the cutting of the plantations in the
area will be done according to the
Contractor or the villagers. What is
the solution for the negative effects
of mining on water of the wells? He
also apprised about the violation of
rules during the transportation of
Bajri and made everyone realize
about the misbehavior of the lessee
with the villagers. He asked about
the distance between the mining
areas to the wells. Finally he
objected the mining and denied for
the lease to be granted for Bajri.
10.
Shri Jitendra Vyas villager
of Govindgarh asked whether
reserve of the Bajri is kept or not
for the villagers to be used in
future?
11.
Shri Surajkaran, villager of
Budhwara enquired whether the
mining can be done in the
catchment area of river or not? He
stated that NOC for the lease grant
should also be received from the
Gram Panchayat. He mentioned
that the development amount must
also be given to Gram panchayat.
12.
Shri Om Prakash, Press
reporter, Pisangan told that the
Technical consultant says that
there is no forest area in the lease
area but actually it is not so. He
stated that Mining is carried out
with machineries not manually. He
wells.
Plantation
will be done in the
public
places
according to the
acceptance of the
Panchayat.
The
mining lease has not
been granted for the
whole river area,
mining will be done
only in some selected
Khasra.
About 5000 sapling per year
will be planted along the lease
boundary & nearby villages.
No grazing land is
involved
in
this
proposed project.
2.0
Mining will be done
as per approved
mining plan.
Proposed lease is for
5
Years
only.
Balance
reserves
will still be left at
the end of lease
period
Mining
will
be
confined
in
the
allotted lease area
only. NOC is not
required from Gram
Panchayat as per
rules.
All measures will be
taken
as
per
EMP/MP after the
lease is granted.
Mining will be carried out as
per approved mining plan.
During the course of the flow of
the river in the rainy season,
Bajri will get deposited.
Area is allotted by the Govt.
hence, NOC is from Gram
Panchayat is not required.
--
--
No forest land is involved in
this project.
--
Local people will be employed
193
told that this area falls under the
from nearby villages.
Dark zone since last 8 years, thus
doubted the possibility of upcoming
heavy rainfall sufficient enough for
replacement and recharge of the
sand. The lease area is under M/s.
Arjun Singh, and till date he has
not made any efforts for the
betterment of the village, no
plantation has been done, no
sprinkling of water and no
measures have been adopted for
controlling the pollution. Besides
this many plants were cut in the
last six months by the Lessee.
Apart from this the statutory
barrier of Sagarmati River has been
destroyed by the Lessee. He asked
about the belongings of the 857
labours presented to be employed.
13.
Shri
Jagpal
Singh
This work of laying pipelines
Shaktavat, Additional Sarpanch of
from well is under the PHED
Govindgarh said that only one
and is carried out accordingly
-pipeline should be installed for one
with consultations of Gram
well and the farmers must be
Panchayat/ Local authorities.
acquainted with the land they own.
14.
Shri Sharvan Singh Rawat,
No grazing land is involved in
Village Akhepura, told that the
this project.
Grazing land available where the
-animals graze in Akhepura should
not be granted the lease, so that no
problems are created in future.
Annexure – G, Written Comments is received from Om Prakash, Press Reporter, Pisangan, Ajmer
6.
With the help of Japan
The plants have not been cut
Govt. about 44,000 plants were
by us as the lease is still to be
planted in lease area during 1995allotted in our favour, only LOI
96 near the Sagarmati River, near
has been given.
--village Nuriyawas, for the control of
erosion under the Social forestry
plan. The plants are being cut for
the mining purpose.
7.
Government has declared
Mean annual rainfall (1987Pisangan under the dark zone area
2006) of the district is 453.2
due to the deficiency of rainfall and
mm whereas normal rainfall
low water table in this area. Then
(1901-70) is lower than average
how the mining department is
rainfall and placed at 433.8.
granting the lease considering the
-About 0.8 to 1 meter of Bajri
-place under “general to high
will be deposited annually. No
rainfall” If the rain would have
ground water table will be
been
normal
then
Pisangan
intersected
during
mining
shouldn’t have ever been declared
operations.
in the Dark Zone.
194
8.
The former contractor was
Shri Arjun Singh only. While
Pisangan Tehsildar & Mining
Engineer have reported to the
Government about the trees being
cut in the lease area in Khasra no.
864, Nuriyawas village. The rules
are not being followed by the
contractor, so why no action has not
been taken so far?
9.
Till date Government has
spent rupees 23, 87, 876.51 for the
surface barrier in the grazing land
of Pisangan area without allocation.
The Contractor has fully abolished
and misused the money in the sand
mining. Why the administration is
not active until now?
10.
The Govindgarh dam has
been
constructed
under
the
Govindgarh
Dam
Project
at
Pisangan
tehsil,
within
the
Catchment area of Sagarmati
River. What is reason for not
accepting the order of Supreme
Court to restore the situation as it
was before the mid-night of
15.08.1947?
These plants did not cut by us.
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
5.
At the site (Khasra No. 864)
in the lease area one pit exists
measuring 79mt x 45m. Its
Latitude and Longitude is N
26°22’04.3” to 74°37’20.6”.
6.
Mining has been done in
one pit 3 m below the surface by the
Contractor. On site the pit was
found closed.
7.
Backfilling has not been
done in the pits after the excavation
by the contractor. Villagers told
that there can be loss of life and
animals due to filling of water,
which is right as per the inspection.
At site, this pit is old
-At site, this pit is old; Mining
will be carried out as per
approved mining plan & depth
of mining will be 3 meter only.
Backfilling is not proposed in
this proposed project. Because
the main purpose of the
proposed project is removal/
collection of sand. Natural
replenishment will take place
during the monsoon season.
These plants are not cut by us.
About 5000 sapling per year
will be planted along the lease
8.
Many plants have been cut
near the pit area and some plants
are in the damaged conditions
about to fall.
Total
--
--
4.0
195
7.3 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN
All types of industries face certain types of hazards which can disrupt normal
activities abruptly, similarly River Bed Mining also has impending dangers or
risk which need be addressed for which a disaster management plan has been
formulated with an aim of taking precautionary steps to avert disasters and
also to take such action after the disaster which limits the damage to the
minimum.
Nevertheless, the following natural problems may be encountered during the
mining operation.
1.
Increase in gradient of the river – One of the most frequently occurring
hazards of the river bed mining is the increase of river gradient due to
haphazard mining practices. Due to selective mining in vast patches of the bed,
the amount of suspended load, turbidity and velocity of the water may increase
which may affect the overall behavior of the stream.
2.
Water pollution – The left over aggregates are fine grained particles
that are lifted easily by increase of stream water velocity. Retention times of
these particles are long and quality of water is affected consequently.
As per proposal made under the mining plan, during proposed working the area
will be developed by means of manuals opencast mining method. Exploitation
and transportation of minerals are to be carried out by manual means. Water
table will not be touched during processed working. No high risk accidents like
landslides, subsidence flood etc. have been apprehended.
But possibility of accidental disaster is also not ruled out. Therefore, all the
statutory precautions should be taken for quick evacuation as per the Mines Act
1952, the Mines Rules 1955, MMR-1961 and MCDR-1988.
196
The possible risks in the case of river bed mining project are bank erosion,
floods, accidents due to transportation etc.
Mining and allied activities are associated with several potential hazards to
both the employees and the public at large. A worker in a mine should be able to
work under condition, which are adequately safe and healthy. At the same time
the environmental condition should be such as not to impair his working
efficiency. This is possible only when there is adequate safety in mines. Hence,
safety is one of the most essential aspects of any working mine. safety of the
mine and the employees will be taken care according to the mining rules &
regulations, which are well defined with laid down procedure for safety, which
when scrupulously followed safety is ensured not only to manpower but also to
working environment.
7.3.1 Possible Risks Due to Inundation & its Control
Mining will be done during the non-monsoon periods; therefore problem of
inundation is not likely to happen.
7.3.2 Dewatering
Depth of mine is limited to 3m depth only from the river bed level whereas the
ground water flows at 20m to 25 below the bed level. Hence no dewatering is
required.
7.3.3 Possible Risks Due To Failure of Pit Slope & Its Control
Pit will be created of limited depth only i.e. 3m thus the chance of failure of pit
slope does not exist.
7.3.4 Possible Risks Due To Failure of Waste Dump & Its Control
No waste dump is created therefore the question of failure of waste dump does
not exist.
197
7.3.5 Possible Risks Due To Fire & Its Control
The operation does not anticipate any fire disaster.
7.3.6 Measures to Prevent Accidents Due to Tractors

All transportation within applied mining lease working should be
carried out directly under the supervision and control of the management.

The vehicles will be maintained in good condition and checked
thoroughly at least once a month by the competent person authorized for the
purpose by the management.

Road signs will be provided at each and every turning point up to the
main road (wherever required).

To avoid danger while reversing the equipment’s/ vehicles especially at
the working place / loading points, stopper should be posted to properly guide
reversing/ spotting operating, otherwise no person should be there within 10
m radius of machine.

A statutory provision of the fences, constant education, training etc. will
go a long way in reducing the incidents of such accidents.
7.3.7 Other Possible Measures to Avoid Risks/ Disaster Due to River Bed
Mining.

Unwanted material including mineral or spillage (if any) should not be
stacked on the banks as it will hinder the flow of water in monsoon season.

Mining of minerals / working shall be started from the center from dip
to rise and then laterally in 3 meter slice so that the river course could not
get affected.

The minerals will be mined out in a uniform way so that the river flow/
course shall not get disturbed.

River banks will not be excavated to from access ramps.
198
Maintenance and monitoring:
The area will be monitored every week by competent person and if maintenance
is needed will be done as per requirement.
7.4 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT, R & R ACTION PLAN
There will be the positive impact on the villagers of the nearby villages in the
form of employment. There is no human settlement in the applied lease area.
Thus there is no impact on the human settlement and thus no R & R plan is
required.
====*******====
199
CHAPTER-VIII
PROJECT BENEFITS
8.1 INTRODUCTION
Applicant is very much conscious of their obligation to society at large. The
management will help in overall socio economic development of the area.
This is proposal for the production of ordinary sand (Bajri) proposed production
11, 20,000 TPA of from applied mine (Area 163.4503 Ha) near Village:
Govindgarh, Akhepura, Jaswantpura, Pisangan, Budhwada, Nuriawas, Tehsil
Pisangan of District Ajmer, (Rajasthan), by Shri Arjun Singh.
8.2 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE
The applied area is Govt. land. The mining activity will generate of
socioeconomic benefits to the people of the area. There will be generation of
employment to the local people as well as their earning will increase. Additional
facilities like that educational, medical transportation etc. will be made
available to the local population. Overall positive impact will be on population.
Due to mining activity, increased revenue earnings in the area will lead to the
development of infrastructural facilities like that transport road, schools,
Hospitals etc. The lessee will contribute to the various developmental activities
in all the nearby villages and will work for all round development viz., providing
water supply, communication and telecommunication facilities, creating
environmental awareness, imparting knowledge on agriculture, mechanization,
health
and
sanitation
and
most
importantly
ensuring
a
sustainable
development for the social upliftment of the habitats of the area. The promoters
will also provide funds for the various development activities of the neighboring
villages as and when required.
200
Promotion of social & economic status
 Applicant has contributed to the economical and social development of the
area. It will provide direct employment to about 857 people and indirect
employment to many more.
 The applicant believes in the philosophy to provide better health and medical
facilities not only to their families but also to villagers.
Construction of office, rest shelter, first aid station, Development of approach
road, Wire fence around proposed plantation site and other facilities.
8.3
IMPROVEMENTS IN THE PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE
Due to proposed project direct/ indirect employment, revenue to the govt.,
business opportunities will be developed in the area, which will increase living
standard of the people. It will ultimately leads to the improvement in the
physical infrastructure facilities such as transport, road, housing, schools as
well as hospitals. Due to improved earning there will be improvement in the
entertainment facilities and marketing facilities with the improvement in social
status.
8.4
HEALTH & SAFETY
All safety measures i.e. safety appliances, safety awards, posters, slogan related
to safety etc. necessary safety equipment’s shall be provided to the workers like
helmets, safety boots, dust mask, ear muffs etc.
All necessary medical facilities will be provided near the applied mine area.
Periodical health checkup of the employees will be done. All necessary facilities
will be provided as per mines Rules. Provision of rest shelters for mine workers
with amenities like drinking water etc. Periodical training programme to inform
the employees about their task, associated risk and safe working practices will
be undertaken.
201
8.5
With mining activities, local people will have a lot of direct and indirect
employment avenues opened up. There will be direct employment opportunities
in the mine and the secondary employment will also develop in the neighboring
villages by providing services to the employed manpower. Thus, the local people
will enjoy the economic upliftment.
8.5.1 Management & Supervisory Personal
For safe and systematic mining sufficient technical and supervisory staffs are
required at mine site, at present no non-technical & technical staffs are
employed in the applied area. The proposal for employment of managerial and
supervisory staff has been furnished in the plan as given below.
TABLE 8.1: EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL
S. No.
1
Particulars
Mines Manager
Number
01
2
Mines Foreman
02
3
Mining Mate
04
4
Driver
25
5
Vehicle helper
25
6
Loading workmen
800
Total
857
Mining operation shall not be commenced conducted unless complete staff are
appointed as required under the Regulation 34(1)(a) of the MMR, 1961 and
relevant notice are sent to DGMS, Dhanbad with a copy of the same to the
Director of Mines Safety, Udaipur.
202
8.6
OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS
The project proponent will arrange for the regular medical checkup camps for
the workers which will be also be extended for the villagers. Arrangements for
the supply of drinking water in the period of scarcity to the nearby villages will
also be done by the project proponent.
The project activity and the management will definitely support the local
panchayat and provide other form of assistance for the development of public
amenities in this region. The applicant will contribute to the local schools,
dispensaries for the welfare of the villagers.
Green belt development / Plantation will be taken up in the vicinity of river
banks, along the approach roads, around Govt. building, schools.
====*******====
203
CHAPTER-IX
9.1 INTRODUCTION
The environmental impact assessment presented in previous chapter is based
on the control measures. It is concluded that the mining activities having
substantial, but reversible impact on environment and the suggestive measures
should be taken so as to minimize the impacts.
Environmental management plan details the environmental quality control
measures which are proposed for this project to achieve the production of
11,20,000 TPA of ordinary sand (Bajri) by complying with the stipulated
standard limit specified by state pollution control board and CPCB.
Environment Management Plan, which is to be implemented in the project has
detailed under the following heads:
9.2

River course environment

Air Environment

Water Environment

Noise Environment

Solid waste Management

Biological Environment including Plantation Development

Implementation of EMP and monitoring Programme
RIVER COURSE ENVIRONMENT
Land degradation is one of the major adverse impact of opencast mining
activities related to mining and any effort to control adverse impacts would
be incomplete without appropriate land reclamation strategy.
204
Deviation from planned mining procedure can lead to bank erosion/cutting and
thereby river channel shifting degradation of land, causing loss of properties
and degradation surrounding of landscape. Thus for environment friendly river
bed mining the following control/abatement measures will be followed:
 Removal of sand will be mined out in central position of stream and sufficient
safety barrier say 10% of width will be left towards bank side. So that the river
flow / course will not get disturbed.
 Removal of sand will be started from dip side towards rise at the center and
also laterally in 3 meter thickness, so that the river course will not get affected.
 Unwanted material including mineral or spillage (if any) will not be stacked by
the side of the excavation area. If need be done then it should be dozed
afterwards in excavation voids created. This is to be done so, because it will
otherwise hinder the flow of water in monsoon season.
 Removal of sand is to done leaving safety barrier on both sides and maximum
barrier should be on concave side of river preferably the flow channel
(excavation void created) should be kept straight so as to help avoid erosion as
side cutting.
 In the first five years, mining excavation will be excavated and next year dig
will be replenishment with heavy monsoon season.
9.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT
In order to minimize impacts of mining on air and to maintain it within the
prescribed limits of CPCB/SPCB, an Environment Management Plan (EMP) has
been prepared. This will help in resolving all environmental and ecological
issues likely to cause due to applied mining in the area.
During the course of mining no toxic substances are released into the
atmosphere as such there seems to be no potential threat to health of human
beings.
205
In river bed mining activities, the only source of gaseous emission is from the
engines of vehicles. The reasons may be quality of fuel, improper operation of
the engine, etc. proper maintenance of engines will improve combustion process
and brings reduction in pollution. The fugitive dust generation during mining
and transportation requires some mitigation.
Measures to Prevent Generation & Dispersal of Dust
Dust particles
that
are
normally
generated
during
various
mining
operations when become airborne lead to increase in PM 10 level in the
ambient air. Another source of dust generation is the transport of material by
vehicle. Dust suppression by water spraying is adopted on the roads.
Maintenance of transported vehicles and maintenance of kutchha road will be
done on regular basis. Regular water spraying on haulage roads during
transportation of sand.
 Plantation will be carried out on approach roads & nearby vicinity of river
bank.
 To control the emissions regular preventive maintenances of equipment’s will
be done to adopt corrective actions wherever needed.
 It is being ensured that all transportation vehicles will carry a valid PUC
certificate.
 Dust mask will be provided to the employs.
9.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT
The noise level monitoring carried out in the area has indicated that the
present noise levels in applied mine site are generally within limits. The
deployments of vehicles for transport and other auxiliary operations have
increased the noise level but are naturally attenuated within applied lease area
itself.
206
9.4.1
Noise Abatement and Control
 Proper maintenance of all machines will be carried out, which help in reducing
generation of noise during operations.
 No other equipment’s accept the transportation vehicles as tractor trolley is
allowed.
 Noise generated by these equipment’s is intermittent and does not cause much
adverse impact.
 Periodical monitoring of noise will be done to adopt corrective actions
wherever needed.
 Plantation will be taken up along the approach roads and on river bank. The
plantation minimizes propagation of noise and also arrests dust.
General precaution for blasting will be taken up as following:No drilling and blasting involved in this project.
9.5
WATER MANAGEMENT
Removal/collection of sand in the area will be done well above the water table;
therefore impact on water regime is not anticipated. The ground water level of
lease area is 20m to 25m from the surface level. The removal/collection of sand
from river bed does not have any impact on natural drainage of surrounding
area as no mining will be carried out, outside the lease area.
Removal/collection of sand will be done up to a depth of 3m in the river bed,
which will be replenished during monsoon season, more or less restoring to
original position thus not affecting normal drainage in the river channel also.
9.5.1
Waste Water Management
No waste water is generated due to proposed working as project only involves
removal/ collection of sand from river bed in dry state.
207
9.6 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT
 No solid waste is generated from the said mining operations.
 There is no toxic element present in the mineral which may contaminate the
soil.
9.7 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT
The mining activity will have insignificant effect on the existing flora and fauna
in the core/buffer zone. Flora & fauna found in the buffer zone will not get
affected because mining activities will be confined to core zone only by manual
means.
The purpose of the project itself is to save the flora around the project area from
river widening, excessive erosion and floods. It was found that the removal/
collection of sand will not have any significant impact on the flora and fauna of
the region. The aquatic flora & fauna is also not likely to be affected as proposed
mining blocks remains dry except the rainy season.
There is a requirement to establish a stable ecosystem with both ecological and
economic returns. Minimization of soil erosion and dust pollution enhances the
beauty of the core and the buffer zone. To achieve this it is planned to increase
plantation activities. The basic objectives of
Plantations are as follows:• Improvement of Soil quality
• Quick vegetative cover to check soil erosion
• Improvement in river bank stability
• Conservation of biological diversity
• Provide forage and browse for wild life
208
9.8
PLANTATION DEVELOPMENT
About 33% of total land area will be developed as part of green belt; plantation
will be done along the peripheral area in the proposed project site. This will help
to reduce the noise pollution; dust spread and also enhances the aesthetic value
around the project site.
Total 25.0 hectare will be covered under plantation. Plantation will be done at
the rate of 1000 saplings per hectare; it will arrest environmental pollution,
erosion and upgrade the scenic beauty of the area. Planting and sowing
operations are followed up with adequate Post plantation care, which includes
replacement of casualties.
TABLE 9.1: STAGE WISE PLANTATION PROGRAMME
Year
I
II
III
IV
V
Total
Along the Applied
lease area
Area (Hect.)
Trees
5.0
5000
5.0
5000
5.0
5000
5.0
5000
5.0
5000
25.0
25000
Total
Area (Hect.)
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
25.0
Trees
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
25000
The expected rate survival is assumed at 80%. To improve the survival rate in
the adverse climate condition necessary consultation would be taken from the
Forest department. Proposed plantation area shall be fenced properly for
improving the survival rate. Plantation will be carried out in the lease area in
phased manner.
209
Criteria for selection of species for greenbelt
Keeping in view the climatic condition status of soil (Agro climatic zone) and
vegetation types the following plant species are suitable for plantation for the
proposed project site. The plant species suitable for greenbelt development need
to be selected based on the following criteria:

Fast growing

Thick canopy cover

Perennial and evergreen

Large leaf area index

High sink potential
TABLE 3.25: LIST OF PLANT SPECIES FOR GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT
S.
N.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Scientific Name
Common Name
Family
Khair
Siris
Subabul
Neem
Nebu
Bargad
Pipal
Mehandi
Mahwa
Kaner
Arjuna
pila kanher
Ber
Mimoseae
Mimoseae
Mimoseae
Meliaceae
Rutaceae
Moraceae
Moraceae
Lythraceae
Sapotaceae
Apocynaceae
Combretaceae
Apocynaceae
Rhamnaceae
Acacia catechu
Albizia chinensis
Albizia moluccana
Azadirachta indica
Citrus aurantium
Ficus benghalensis
Ficus religiosa
Lawsonia inermis
Madhuca longifolia
Nerium indicum
Terminalia arjuna
Thevetia peruviana
Zizyphus mauritiana
9.8.1 Guidelines for Plantation Development
In order to facilitate the proper growth of vegetation, limited measures
involving preparation of seedbed with suitable amount of fertilizers and
treatment with mulches will be taken.
210
Vegetation cover generally helps in:

Stabilizing erodible slopes to minimize pollution.

Control of dust.

Enhancement of aesthetic value.

Maximizing evpo-transpiration, which helps minimizing run off.

Reducing noise.
For re-vegetation, the plants and saplings suitable for the existing soils and site
condition may consider. It is recommended to plant fast growing local plant
species, which can adapt to the local climate.
This has to be done in consultation with local Government Horticulturist.
Protection of Plantation Sites
Afforested
areas
have
to
be
protected
from
cattle
menace,
human
interference, soil erosion, plant diseases, etc. Check bunds, masonry chutes,
protected drains, etc. will be constructed wherever required to control and
regulate the water flow to prevent
soil erosion
and washing away of
nutrients. Plants will be protected from diseases by the application of
proper
pesticides.
necessary.
Plants
Soil workings, manuring etc. will be done whenever
will be
protected
from
cattle
menace
and
human
interference by providing fencing and proper watch and ward.
9.9 SOCIO – ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT
9.9.1 Management Plan for Socio-Economic Environment
The environmental management plan has been developed with a view to
bring down the levels of impacts as discussed in the last chapter within
limits. In each of the areas of impact, measures have to be taken to reduce
potentially significant adverse impacts and where these are beneficial in
nature, such impacts are to be enhanced/augmented so that the overall
adverse impacts are reduced to as low level as possible.
211
There will be over all positive effect on social life on the local people, as they will
get job opportunity, transport and medical facilities so the mining activities will
benefit them directly or indirectly.
1.
Ordinary sand production and employment opportunities.
2.
Reduction in the migration of jobless laborers from native place to other
distant places.
3.
Interaction of local people with outsides, and improvement in
communication, which will enhance their present status of knowledge and
confidence.
TABLE 9.2: CSR ACTIVITIES
Rs. (in Lacs)
Particulars
Activity
Distribution of school bags &
stationery items to school children.
Distribution of books in school.
Renovation of school building.
Distribution of sports goods among
school children.
Books/ Chemicals/ Sports kits to
school
library/
laboratory/
sports
department
Health
General health camp for nearby
villagers.
Eye checkup camp.
Distribution of medicines free of cost.
Infrastructure Renovation of nearby community
development
hall, school buildings, Anganbari center.
. Construction of washroom in nearby
villages.
Drinking
- Support for supply of drinking water.
water & other Awareness programmes for villagers.
facilities
Total
Capital
Cost
Recurring
Cost
3.0
0.6
3.0
1.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.4
10.0
4.0
Education
212
The mining activity in this area will have positive impact on social economic
condition of the area by way of providing employment to the local in-habitats.
Wages paid to them will increase the per capital income, housing, education,
medical and transportation facilities, economic status health and agriculture. In
order to further improve the socio economic conditions of the area, the
management will contribute for development in consultation with local bodies.
Thus project will have positive impact on the surrounding local community.
Employment
The mining operations will employ about total 857 persons. Preference will be
given to the local population while inducting any manpower. The future
mining activity would provide indirect employment to a large number of
local population in activities like planting and watering of trees for green
belt development.
Business Promotion
While offloading the jobs to outside parties’ preference will be given to the local
people.
9.10 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH
Safety of workers during mining operation and maintenance of mining
equipment
will be
taken care as per MMR 1961 & MCDR 1988. To avoid
any adverse effect on the health of workers due to dust, noise sufficient
measures will be provided in the mining project.
TABLE 9.3: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH IMPACTS & MEASURES
Anticipated Occupational
Proposed mitigation measures
Health & Safety Impacts
Lung
diseases
and Dust mask will be provided to
Respiratory disorder due to workers.
dust exposure
Precaution will be adopted to prevent
dust generation at site and dispersing in the
environment.
Regular health monitoring of workers.
Training & awareness camps will be
conducted for workers on health problems.
213
Noise
Accident at site
Others

Air emission control system such as
water sprinkling, green belt development.
Free silica analysis of mineral will be
done.
Budget of pollution control Rs. 1.0
lacs. i.e. dust suppression by water
sprinkling is proposed in EMP.
Ear muffs will be provided.
Good Maintenance of vehicles.
PPE will be provided to workers likely
hand gloves, safety shoes etc.
Awareness
program/
training
programme will be organized for workers for
occupational safety.
Smoking & tobacco will be banned at
site.
Provision of rest shelters for mine workers with amenities like
drinking water, toilets etc.

Provision of personal protection devices to the workers.

Dust suppression on haul road.

First-aid facilities near the mining area.
Following measures will be taken for the health and safety purpose:
 Pre-placement & periodically medical examination will be conducted as per the
Rule 29(b) of the Mines Rules, 1955.
 Pre-placement health checkup will be made mandatory and periodic health
checkup will be done.
 Medical records of each employee will be maintained separately and will be
updated as required.
 Medical examination of workers including chest x-ray of employee will be
undertaken.
 They will be given vocational training at the regular interval.
 They will be provided with personal protective equipment’s (PPE) like helmets,
safety shoes, dust mask etc.
214
 Initial and periodical medical checkup will be conducted for the employers
working in the mine as per the Mines Rule 1955.
 Occupational health surveillance program will be done periodically to check
any contraction due to the exposure of dust.
 All the workers will get the benefit of Group Insurance Scheme.
 Common vocational training center will be set up at district level from time to
time to train the workers.
 Their living standard will be improved by providing them the facilities of
schools, hospitals, garden, sanitation, drinking water etc.
9.11 PUBLIC HEALTH & SAFETY
The most common diseases in this region are common cold and cough, malaria,
enteric fever like typhoid.
In this proposed project, impact on the health of public has been assessed and
the remedial measures have been proposed by the applicant. At the primary
basis provision of first aid has been adopted.
Adverse health impact will be due to air pollution, noise pollution etc.
All control measures for air emissions, noise control will be taken to strictly
comply with norms. Periodical free health camps will be taken up in the
villages.
Measures: -
Tractor trolley will be covered by tarpaulin covers to control the air pollution.
-
Catalyze combustion fitted with tractor trolley and silencers to air pollution.
-
All transportation vehicles carry a valid PUC Certificates to noise pollution.
-
Minimum use of horns and speed limit of 10 km/hr in the village area to noise
pollution.
215
9.12 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL
Apart from having an EMP, it is also necessary to have a permanent
organizational set up charged with the task of ensuring its effective
implementation.
The applicant will undertake to monitor the environmental pollution levels
by measuring ambient air quality, water and effluent quality, noise levels
etc., by appointing external agencies. The promoters will ensure that the
pollution is limited to allowable values and to take corrective action if
required.
In case the monitored results of environmental pollution are found to
exceed the allowable values, the Environmental Management Cell will
suggest remedial action and get these suggestions implemented through
the concerned departments.
The Environmental Management Cell will also co-ordinate all the related
activities such as collection of statistics of health of workers and population
of the region, afforestation and green belt development.
FIGURE 9.1: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL ORGANIZATIONAL
CHART
Environmental Management Cell
Chief Executive Officer
Env. Officer (M.Sc. Env. Sc.)
Geologist /Mines Manager/Assi. M.M
Monitoring of Air /Water / Noise/ Soil etc.
216
9.12.1 Aesthetic Environment
Various plant species are proposed to be plant in the applied area which will
improve the aesthetic environment over this area.
====*******====
217
CHAPTER – X
10.1
INTRODUCTION
Applicant has proposed the mining of ordinary sand (Bajri) from the applied
area of 163.4503 Ha. with production capacity 11, 20,000 TPA at near Village:
Govindgarh, Akhepura, Jaswantpura, Pisangan, Budhwada, Nuriawas Tehsil
Pisangan, District Ajmer, (Rajasthan).
As per the New Notification 14th September 2006, this project falls in Category
‘A’ and therefore this project requires Environmental Clearance from MOEF,
New Delhi.
‘Terms of References’ (ToR) presentation for the project have been done at
MOEF, New Delhi, before Expert Appraisal Committee and the committee has
suggested Terms of References (ToR) vide EAC, New Delhi, vide Letter No. J11015/326/2013-IA-II (M), dated 22.11.2013 for the preparation of EIA/EMP
Report.
10.2
AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS FOR ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION
MEASURES
10.2.1 Funds for Green Belt Protection
The management of proposed project is very conscious to minimize the existing
pollution load in the applied lease area. A green belt will be developed as
discussed in the earlier chapters. About 5000 saplings/year will be planted for
environmental protection measures. A recurring amount of Rs. 1.0 lacs will be
spent every year.
218
10.2.2 Funds for Dust Suppression
Water will be spread around the mining area through tankers to control the
dust suppression. A recurring amount of Rs. 1.0 lacs will be spent every year for
pollution control.
10.3 DETAILS OF THE PROJECT
TABLE 10.1: PROJECT DETAILS
Particulars
Name of River
Project Name
Near Village
Details
River bed mining project of ordinary
sand (Bajri)
Govindgarh, Akhepura, Jaswantpura,
Pisangan, Budhwada, Nuriawas
Tehsil
Pisangan
District
Ajmer
State
Rajasthan
Longitude
Latitude
Saraswati nadi Block I of 51.3618 Ha.
26027’23.63”
to
74023’42.90” to
26027’36.75”N
74025’14.18’’ E
Sagarmati nadi Block II of 112.0885 Ha
74026’01.10”E to
26022’16.96” to 26021’57.32”N
74028’03.70’’ E
Area of the Mine
163.4503 hectare
Manpower (proposed)
857 persons
Water Requirement
20.0 KLD
Green Belt Development
(proposed)
25.0 ha
Capital Cost for EMP
18.00 lac
Annual Recurring Cost from
EMP
5.00 lac
Capital Cost of the Project
66.0 lac
219
10.4
IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE
10.4.1 Monitoring Programme
The implementation of these mitigation measures, it is important to monitor
various environmental parameters so as to ensure proper working of all the
environmental control measures. This section presents the monitoring schedule
and infrastructural requirement for environmental protection in given below:
TABLE 10.2: MONITORING SCHEDULE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL
PARAMETERS
Particulars
Monitoring
Duration
Important Monitoring
Frequencies
of Station
Parameters
Surface/
Once in a
Ground water
Year
Ambient air
Once in a
monitoring
Quarter.
Noise
Once in a
Pollution
Quarter.
Soil
Once in a
sampling
Quarter.
10.5
pH, SS, TDS, Iron, Hardness,
Grab
Alkalinity Chlorides, Nitrates
Sulphate & Flourides
24 hr.
PM10, SOx and NOx
-
Level in dB(A) and dB(C)
PH, Conductivity, Sulphate,
-
Nitrate, Phosphates, Alkalinity
& texture.
BUDGETARY PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
The below table give overall investment on the environmental safeguards and
recurring expenditure for successful monitoring and implementation of
control measures.
220
TABLE 10.3: COST OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES
(Investment and recurring cost Rs. in Lakh)
S. No
Particulars
Capital
Recurring cost /
cost
annum
1.
Pollution control
5.00
1.00
2.
5.00
1.00
3.
Plantation
5.00
2.00
4.
Occupational health
3.00
1.00
TOTAL
18.00
5.00
Total investment on environmental improvement works envisaged is Rs.
18.00 lakhs and recurring expenditure during the stage of production is Rs.
5.00 lakhs per year.
10.6
GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT
The project proponent has planned to develop 25.0 ha on barren land up to
planning of five years. This will help in reducing the spread of pollutants and
will also be effective in attenuating noise levels.
10.7
RECOMMENDATION
M/s Udaipur Min –Tech Pvt. Ltd. survey reveals that the management is
providing continual improvement of Environment. The air environment and
other emissions will be regularly sprinkled with water. The management will be
provided ear muffs and helmets to the workers in the mine and stress on its
utilization.
The regular medical check-up of workers will be carried out.
Green belt
development is to be stressed and workers must be motivated for plantation
care.
221
The general environmental awareness will be given to the local workers.
Regular maintenance of vehicle will be carried out. Slogans of Environment,
health & safety will be recommended for display.
The verbal interactions with neighboring villagers reveals that due to river
bed mining no impact on water level. Hence significantly no impact is there due
to mining activity. However, the mine is fresh area and no significant problems
are reported by the villagers. The management must keenly celebrate the
importance of World Environment Day to create awareness amongst the
workers. Conservation of soil and water must be emphasized not only at
works but also at their own place. With implementation of Environment
management plan and providing continual improvement the mine may be
accorded environmental clearance.
=======********========
222
CHAPTER – XI
CONSULTANTS ENGAGED
(RQP/UDP/354/2009/B)
The consultant engaged for the preparation of the EIA/EMP of the project is
M/s Udaipur Min-Tech Pvt. Ltd.
The information about the company with
address is as follows:
INTRODUCTION:
Realizing the need for multi-disciplinary and pragmatic approach to mine
development and mine environment management, a few dedicated Mining
engineers & Geo-scientists with decades of practical experience started
M/S Udaipur Min-Tech Pvt. Ltd. company as a consultancy organization in
1994 registered as company with the Registrar of Companies, Rajasthan and
got recognized (RQP/UDP/354/2009/B) from Indian Bureau of Mines, Ministry of
Mines, Govt. of India and ISO 9001:2008, 14001:2004, & 18001:2007 Certified
Company and accreditation by NABET “A’’ category for open cast mines. Today
it has grown not only to handle anything in mining of non-fuel minerals
but ready to face any challenging environmental assignment in the field of
mining industry and modification of varied industries and environmental
clearance of diverse industries.
M/s
Udaipur
Min-Tech
Pvt.
Ltd.
provides
services
in
the
field
Environmental impact assessment and management for Mining area.
OUR SERVICES:
We provide wide range of services. These includes:At Mining Services:--- Evolution of Mineral property and feasibility studies.
223
of
---- Preparation of Mining Plan, Scheme of Mining with Mine Closure Plan
(Progressive & Final) as per MCR1960, MCDR 1988 & GCDR 1999.
---- Up gradation & Processing of Non-Metallic Minerals.
At Environmental Services:
---- EIA / EMP report.
----- Monitoring of Ambient Air quality, Stack emissions, Work zone Air
quality, Source monitoring and Control.
-----
Monitoring of water, Waste water,
and Pollution source identification
and control process.
-----
Monitoring
Sludge
----risk
of
Soil
Quality,
Noise
level,
Solid
waste
or
quality.
Environmental
audit,
Industrial
risk
assessment
and
management and hazardous waste management.
ACHIEVEMENTS:Udaipur Min-Tech
Pvt. Ltd.(UMT) in a
short
period
after
its
inception has prepared more than 750 Mining Plan and Scheme of mining
with Progressive Mine Closure/Final Mine Closure Plan of various minerals
in Rajasthan, Gujarat, Himachal Pradesh, Assam & M.P. and more than 750
of them have already approved from IBM-Udaipur/Dehradun/Ajmer/Nagpur,
Deptt. of Mines & Geology-Rajasthan, Deptt. of Geology & Mining –
Gandhinagar (Gujarat).
UMT has conducted
Mine Surveys, Mine Planning, EIA/EMP
for
Limestone area for Cement & Soda Ash industry, Laterite, Iron ore, Marble,
Granite, Soapstone, Mica, Quartz & Feldspar, Asbestos, Wollastonite, Calcite,
China Clay, Red Ochre etc. in
states
of
Rajasthan, Gujarat, Himachal
Pradesh, Assam, Goa & M.P.
UMT has prepared during year 2000-01 to 2010-11, more than 150
EIA/EMP report of
mineral Soapstone, China Clay, Red ochre, Laterite,
224
Silica Sand, Quartz& Feldspar, Dolomite, Limestone(Cement as well as Soda
Ash) & Granite for Ministry of Environmental & Forestry and 100 of them
have already secured approval & Environmental clearance. The 25 EMP in
cluster approved from Dist. Level Environment Committee in Rajasthan as per
RMMCR -2012.
THE CORE TEAM:
The key persons of team are:
1) Mr. S. S. BIST– M.Sc. (Geology), M.Tech. (Applied Geology) & PG Diploma in
Environment & Ecology, RQP (IBM), MMGI, FGSI etc.
having
19 years
professional experience of survey and geological mapping, prospecting & mine
planning for
various
non-metallic/metallic
minerals, preparation of
pre-
feasibility& feasibility report, preparation of Mining plan/Scheme of Mining
with PMCP/FMCP, Preparation of EIA/EMP report
and mining of Granite,
Marbles etc.
2) Mr. B. L. MOD- Diploma in Mining and AMIE(Mining) with First Class
Mine Manager Certificate of competency (Unrestricted), Certified
Mine
Surveyor’s Certificate of competency (Unrestricted), RQP(IBM), MMGI, C.
Engg. MIE, MMEA, having 43 years working experience in field of mining
viz. underground as well as opencast mine
metallic
mineral in India as well as
of
various metallic and
non-
abroad. Preparation of Mining
plan/Scheme of Mining with PMCP/FMCP, preparation of EIA/EMP report.
3) Dr. H.S. YADAV – M.Sc.(Geology),Ph.D., IBM(RQP)& having more than 21
years of professional experience in Mining of various industrial as well as
building stones.
4) Mr. S. K. MOHTA – Diploma in Mining with First Class Mine Manager
Certificate having
43 years working
experience in field
of
mining viz
underground as well as opencast mine of various metallic and non-metallic
mineral in India as well as abroad.
225
5) Mr. S. N. SHARMA-B.E in Mining with First Class Mine Manager Certificate,
PG Diploma in Marketing Management, RQP(IBM) Nagpur, Maharashtra
having 31 years working experience in field of mining viz. underground as well
as open cast mine of various metallic and non-metallic mineral in India.
Preparation of Mining Plan/ Scheme of Mining with PMCP/FMCP, Preparation
of EIA/EMP report of Mining project.
6)Mr. U. C. SHARMA- M.E in Environmental Engineering, B.E in Civil
Engineering, MBA in H.R, having 20 years’ experience in field of Civil
Environment Engineer. Preparation of EIA/EMP report of Mining Project.
7) Mr. N. S. NARUKA- M. Phil. (Environment Management),
M.Sc.
(Environment Science), Lead Auditor for (ISO14001:2004) EMS, and Diploma in
Industrial Safety, having over 9 years of work experience in the Environmental
Impact Assessment & Analysis with report writing. Evaluation and preparation
of EIA’s of Mining project for environmental clearance.
8) Dr. DIPANWITA BHAKAT –Ph.D. (Environmental Science), M. Tech. & M.Sc.
(Environmental Science), was having over 2 years of teaching experience in
Environmental Science.
Besides, our team of Professionals is given below:
1
Ashok Kumar Pardesi
Diploma in Mining & Certified Surveyor.
2
Rashmi Shrimali
M. Sc.(Chemistry)
3
Nirupama Jain
M.Sc. (Geology)
4
Jitendra
Singh B.E.(Mining)
Sankhala
5
Rajveer Singh
M.Sc.(Remote Sensing & GIS)
6
Kamlesh Kumar
M.Sc. (Environment Science)
7
Kailash Meena
M.A (Geography), Diploma in RS&GIS.
8
Rahul Deshmukh
MSW & BSW(Social Works)
226
9
Sameer Deshpande
M.Sc.(Botany)
10 Ashima Jain
B.Tech (Mining Engineering)
11 Mohammed Afzal
M.sc (Env. Science & Biotechnology)
12 Manisha Tanwar
M.Sc. Env. Sc., Diploma in Envi. Mgt in
industries & mining.
13 Naveen Kumar Meena
M.A. (Political Science)
14 Neeraj Patel
M.A. (Geography)
15 Mohd Sadik
M.Sc. (Geology)
16 Lakshmi Lal Meghwal
Diploma
in
Draftsman
&
Certified
Surveyor.
17 Harish Kumar Pardesi
Drafts man & AutoCAD Master.
18 Praveen Koted
Computer Operator & AutoCAD Master.
19 Madan Lal Dangi
20 Anil Damor
21 Lokesh Menaria
22 Nirmal Menaria
Computer Operator & AutoCAD Master
CONTACT PERSON -
S. S. BIST
206 “APEKSHA COMPLEX”
HIRAN MAGRI, SECTOR-11
UDAIPUR - 313002(RAJ.)- INDIA
PHONE - +91-294-2489672(OFF), MOBILE - +9194141 67672
e mail : [email protected]
Visit us at: www.udrmintech.com
227
QUESTIONNAIRE
228
PROFORMA FOR ENVIRONMENTAL APPRAISAL OF MINING PROJECTS
(MINING SECTOR PROJECTS)
Note 1:
All information to be given in the form of Annex/s should be
properly numbered and form part of reply to this proforma.
Note2:
Please enter √ in appropriate box where answer is Yes / No
Note 3:
No abbreviation to be used - Not available or Not applicable should
be clearly mentioned.
Note 4:
Core zone is the mining lease area.
Buffer zone in case of ML area up to 25 ha. is to be considered as 5
km all around the periphery of the core zone and for ML area above
25 ha. an area 10 km all around the periphery of the core zone.
1.
Note 5:
Adopt Scoping process in carrying out EIA study.
Note 6:
Please indicate source of data.
General Information
:
River Bed Mining Project of Sand
(Bajri)
Name of the proponent
Mailing Address
:
:
E-mail
Telephone
:
:
Arjun Singh,
Village Chandupura,
Nasibpur Kanna,
Tehsil – Nagina,
District – Bijnaur, (U.P.)
[email protected]
+91 97999 55444
Objective of the project
: Quarrying of Sand (Bajri)
(a)
(i)
(b)
(c)
Name of the project
Location of mine (s)
Near Villages
Govindgarh,
Akhepura,
Jaswantpura,
Pisangan,
Budhwada, Nuriawas
Tehsil
District
State
Pisangan
Ajmer
Rajasthan
229
(d)
(e)
Does the proposal relate to
√
(i)
New mine
Yes
(ii)
Expansion
Yes
No
√


Yes
No
√
Yes
No
Increase in ML area
Increase in annual
production
No
(iii)
Renewal of ML
Yes
No
(iv)
Modernization
Yes
No
√
√
√
Site Information
(i)
Geographical Location

Latitude

Longitude

Survey of India Toposheet number
74º 28΄03.70΄΄ - 74º 23΄42.90΄΄ E
45J/6, 7 & 11
411 mRL - 390 mRL
Elevation above Mean Sea Level

(ii)
26º 27΄36.75΄΄ - 26º 21΄57.32΄΄ N

Total applied mining lease area (in ha.)
163.4503 Hect
Dominant nature of terrain

Flat
Yes

Undulated
Yes

Hilly
Yes
No
√
√
No
No
√
230
2.
Land usage of the mining lease area (in ha.)
(a)
Agricultural
NIL
(b)
Forest
NIL
(c)
Waste land (River Bed)
(d)
Grazing
NIL
(e)
Surface water bodies
NIL
(f)
Others (Specify)
NIL
163.4503
Total
163.4503
3.
Indicate the seismic zone in which ML area falls. In case of zone IV & V,
details of earth quakes in last 10 years. – Seismic Zone II
(a)
Severity (Richter scale) – Not applicable
(b)
Impact i.e. Damage to – Not applicable
231
4.
Break-up of mining lease area (in ha.) as per approved Mining plan:
Purpose
1. Area to be
excavated
2. Storage for top
soil
3. Overburden /
Dumps
4. Mineral storage
5. Infrastructure
(Workshop,
Administrative
Building)
6. Roads
7. Railways
8. Green Belt
9. Tailings pond
10.Effluent
treatment plant
11.Coal handling
plant /
mineral
separation plant
12. other (Specify)
(Remaining Area)
TOTAL
Mining Lease Area
Government
Private
Forest
Others
Agri. Others
Total
Area acquired
Government
Private
Forest Others
Agri. Others
Area to be acquired
Government
Private
Forest Others Agri. Others
--
118.00
--
--
118.00
--
118.00
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
0.36
--
--
0.36
--
0.36
--
--
--
--
--
--
----
-25.00
--
----
----
-25.00
--
----
-25.00
--
----
----
----
----
----
----
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
20.0903
--
--
20.0903
--
20.0903
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
163.4503
--
--
163.4503
--
163.4503
--
--
--
--
--
--
232
5.
Township (outside mining lease) – Not applicable
(a)
Total area (in ha)
-
(b)
No. of dwelling units
-
(c)
Distance from mine site
-
6.
Distance of water bodies (in km)
Distance
from
River Bank *
Other Water bodies *
Sea / creek / lake / nalla
etc. (specify)
Applied Mining lease
boundary
Applied Lease area itself is a
water body. The project lies on
River Saraswati & Sagarmati.
No
Ancillary facilities
No
No
[* From highest flood line / high tide line]
7.
For projects falling within the Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) –Not
Applicable
Whether the mineral to be mined is of rare
nature and not available outside CRZ?
Yes
No

if yes, annex a scaled location map showing low tide line (LTL), high tide line
(HTL) duly demarcated by one of the authorized agencies* [*Director, Space
Application Centre, Ahmedabad: Centre for Earth Sciences Studies,
Thiruvananthapuram: Institute of Remote Sensing, Anna University,
Chennai: Institute of Wetland Management & Ecological Designs, KolKata:
Naval Hydrographer’s Office, Dehradun: National Institute of Oceanography,
Panjim, Goa: and
National Institute of Ocean Technology, Chennai],
boundary of applied mining lease area, distance of ML area from LTL and
HTL CRZ boundary and CRZ classification of the project area as per the
approved Coastal Zone Management Plan, and settlements, sand dunes,
mangroves, forest land/patches, turtles breeding and nesting sites etc., if
any, in the project area.
233
8.
Indicate aerial distance from the periphery of core zone / area from
the periphery of the buffer zone to the boundary of following (up to 10 km):
S.
No.
Areas
Name
Aerial distance from
(in km.)
Core*Zone
No
Buffer*Zone
1.
National Park / Sanctuary
No
2.
Biosphere Reserve / Tiger Reserve
/ Elephant Reserve / any other
Reserve
Forest (RF / PF / unclassified)
No
No
No
Near Kishanpura
village (PF & RF)
Gaurikund RF
No
No
--
Latitude 26025’ to 26030’ and
Longitude 74o25’ to 74030’.
Latitude 26020’ to 26°30’ and
Longitude 74°30’ to 74°5’.
--
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Jaipur Airport
183 km
173 Km
3.
4.
5.
7.
Habitat for migratory birds
Corridor for animals of schedule I
& II of the Wildlife (Protection)
Act, 1972
Archaeological sites
* Notified
* Others
Defense Installation
8.
Industries / Thermal Power Plants
9.
Other Mines
10.
Airport
11.
12.
Railway Lines
National / State Highways
6.
No
No
Mangliyawas RS
20 km
10 km
NH-8 (Ajmer to
10 km
10 km from the block No. II
Beawar)
[* Buffer zone in case of ML area up to 25 ha. is to be considered as 5 km all around the
periphery of the core zone and for ML area above 25 ha. an area 10 km all around the
periphery of the core zone].
9.
Description of flora & fauna separately in the core and buffer zones.*
[* Consult the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 as amended subsequently and list species with
(1) Common name (2) Scientific name and (3) under which schedule of the Wildlife
(Protection) Act the identified species fall. Get the list authenticated by an Expert in the
field / credible scientific institute / University / Chief Wildlife Warden Office. Information to
be based on field survey.]
234
LIST OF PLANT SPECIES RECORDED IN STUDY AREA
S. No.
Trees
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
Botanical Name
Acacia catechu
Acacia leucophloea
Acacia nilotica
Acacia Senegal
Aegle marmelos
Ailanthus excels Roxb.
Albizia lebbeck
Anthocephalus indicus
Anogeissus pendula
Azadirachta indica
Balanites aegyptica
Bauhinia racemosa
Bauhinia varegata
Boswellia serrata
Butea monosperma
Cassia fistula Linn.
Cordia dichotoma
Dalbergia sissoo
Dichrostachys cineria
Ehretia laevis
Emblica officinalis
Ceartn*
Eucalyptus hybrid
Ficus glomerata
Ficus racemosa
Flacourtia romantchi
Flacourtia indica
Holoptelia intgrifolia
Lannea coromandelica
Mangifera indica
Melia azedarach
Millingtonia hortensis
Mimusops hexzandra
elengi
Moringa oleifera
Phoenix sylvestris
Pithecellobium dulce
Polyalthia longifolia
Prosopis cineraria
Common Name
Family
Khair, Kheda
Ronj
Desi Babool
Kumta
Bel
Ardu
Kala Sira
Kadam
Dhonk
Neem
Hingotia
Jhinjha
Kachnar
Salar
Dhak
Amaltash
Gundo
Shisham
Goyakhair
Tambolia
Mimosaceae
Leguminosae
Mimosaceae
Mimosaceae
Rutaceae
Simaroubaceae
Mimosaceae
Rubiaceae
Combretaceae
Meliaceae
Simarubaceae
Caesalpiniceae
Caesalpiniceae
Burseraceae
Papilionaceae
Leguminosae
Boraginaceae
Papilionaceae
Mimosaceae
Boraginaceae
Amla
Euphorbiaceae
Safeda
Gular
Umro
Kankon
Kanti
Churel
Gurjan
Aam
Bakayan
Neem Chameli
Myrataceae
Urticaceae
Urticaceae
Bixaceae
Bixaceae
Urticaceae
Anacardiaceae
Anacardiaceae
Meliaceae
Bignoniaceae
Rain
Sapotaceae
Sahajana
Khajur
Jungle jalebi
Ashok
Khejri
Moringaceae
Palmaceae
Mimosaceae
Annonaceae
Mimosaceae
235
S. No.
Botanical Name
38
Prosopis juliflora
39
Salvadora cleoides
40
Salvadora persica
41
Soymida febrifuga
42
Sterculia urens
43
Syzygium cumini
44
Tamarindus indica
45
Tamarix articulate
46
Tecomella undulate
47
Wrightia tomentosa
48
Ziziphus mauritiana
Shrubs & Herbs
49
Aerva javanica
50
Acacia jacquemonti
51
Calotropis procera
52
Cassia auriculata
53
Clerodendron viscosum
54
Carissa congesta
55
Cordia rothii
56
Centella asiatica
57
Crotalaria burhia
58
Datura stramonium
59
Euphorbia caduaifalia
60
Grewia flavescens
61
Grewia tenax
62
Common Name
Vilayati Babool
Pilu
Khara
Rohan
Kadaya
Jamun
Imli
Fans
Rohida
Khirni, Dudhi
Bor
Family
Mimosaceae
Salvadoraceae
Salvadoraceae
Meliaceae
Sterculiaceae
Myrtaceae
Caesalpiniceae
-Bignoniaceae
Apocynaceae
Rhamnaceae
Bui
Banvali
Aakra
Aaval
Aarni
Karonda
Gundi
Brahmi
Saniya
Dhatura
Thor
Kali syahi
Gangan
Amaranthaceae
Mimosaceae
Asclepiadaceae
Caesalpiniceae
Verbenaceae
Apocynaceae
Boraginaceae
Umbelliferaceae
Papilionaceae
Solanaceae
Eupheriaceae
Tiliaceae
Tiliaceae
Dudhi
Apocynaceae
Lantana
Khinp
Unthkanta
Tulsi
Nagfani
Dasan
Jhau
Negad
Dhawdi
Ber
Jhadber
Verbenaceae
Asclepiadaceae
Acanthaceae
Labiatae
Cactaceae
Anacardiaceae
Tamaricaceae
Verbenaceae
Lythraceae
-Rhamnaceae
Chirmi
Naharkanta
Bogenvelia
Poapilionaceae
Liliaceae
Nyctaginaceae
Holarrhena
antidysenterica
Lantana camara
Laptedenia pyrotechnica
Lepidagathis trinervis
Ocimum amercanum
Opuntia dillenii
Rhus musoraaensis
Tamarix dioica
Vitex negundo
Woodfordia fruticosa
Zizyphus mauritiana
Zizyphus nummularia
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
Climbers
74
Abrus pracaterious
75
Asparagus racemosus
76
Bougainvillaea
236
S. No.
Botanical Name
Common Name
Family
Amarbel
Chameli
-Neem Giloy
Convolvulaceae
Cleaceae
Mimosaceae
Menispermaceae
Lapla
Bhuganti
Barna
Barna
Dhaman
Bharut
Bharut
Dub
Ruya
Bans
Karad
Chadi bajra
-Surwala
Sevan
Kans
Siran
Baru
Ratarda
Graminae
Graminae
Graminae
Graminae
Graminae
Graminae
Graminae`
Graminae`
Graminae`
Graminae
Graminae
Graminae
Graminae
Graminae
Graminae
Graminae
Graminae
Graminae
Graminae
apectabilis
77
Cuscuta reflexa
78
Jasminum officinalis
79
Mimosa hemata
80
Tinospora cordifolia
Bamboos & Grass
81
Aristida hystrix
82
Alpuda mutica
83
Chloris tenell
84
Chloris virgata
85
Cenchrus ciliaris
86
Cenchrus setigerus
87
Cenchrus barbatus
88
Cynodon dactylon
89
Cymbopogon jwarancusa
90
Dendrocslmus strictus
91
Dichanthium annulatum
92
Ekragros tisminor
93
Eremopogon fovelateeds
94
Heteropogon conterotus
95
Lasiurus indicus
96
Saccharus spontaneum
97
Sehima nervosum
98
Sorghum halepense
99
Themeda quadrivalvis
LIST OF MAMMAL SPECIES OBSERVED IN STUDY AREA
Common
name
A – Mammals
1
Jarakh
2
Jangali suar
3
Jhau chuha
4
Khargosh
5
Gilhari
6
Sehi
7
Neelgaya
8
Bandar
9
Sambhar
S. N.
English name
Zoological Name
Srtipped hyena
Indian wild boar
Hedgehog
Indian hare
Five stripped squirrel
Indian porcupine
Blue bull
Rhesus macaque
Sambar
Hyaena hyaena
Sus scrofa
Hemichinus auritus
Lepus nigricollis
Funambulus pennanti
Hystrix indica
Boselaphus tragocamelus
Macaca mulatta
Cervus unicolor
237
LIST OF BIRD SPECIES OBSERVED IN STUDY AREA
S. N.
1
2
3
Scientific
Name
Accipiter
badius*
Acridotheres
ginginianus*
Acridotheres
tristis*
4
Alcedo atthis*
5
Amaurornis
phoenicurus
6
Apus affinis*
7
Ardeola grayii*
8
Athene brama
9
Bubulcus ibis*
Cinnyris
asiaticus*
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Columba livia*
Copsychus
saularis*
Coracias
benghalensis*
Corvus
macrorhynchos*
Corvus
splendens*
Coturnix
coturnix
Cuculus varius
Dendrocitta
vagabunda*
Dicrurus
adsimilis*
Status in
Wildlife
Protection
Act-1972
Status in
IUCN
Category
Common
Name
Family
Shikara
Accipitridae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Bank Myna
Sturnidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Sturnidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Alcedinidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Rallidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Apodidae
Ardeidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Strigidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Ardeidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Nectariniidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Common
Myna
Small Blue
Kingfisher
White
Breasted
Waterhen
House Swift
Indian Pond
Heron
Spotted
Owlet
Cattle Egret
Purple
Sunbird
Blue Rock
Pigeon
Magpie
Robin
Columbidae
Muscicapidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Indian Roller
Coraciidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Jungle Crow
Corvidae
House Crow
Corvidae
Schedule V
Least Concern
Phasianidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Cuculidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Corvidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Dicruridae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Common
Quail
Common
HawkCuckoo
Rufous
Treepie
Fork-tailed
Drongo
238
Racket
Tailed
Drongo
Dicruridae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Egretta
garzetta*
Little Egret
Ardeidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Elanus
axillaris*
BlackShouldered
Kite
Accipitridae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Koel
Cuculidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Grey
Partridge
Phasianidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Crested Lark
Alaudidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Rallidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Gruidae
Schedule IV
Vulnerable
Halcyonidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Recurvirostrid
ae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Hirundinidae
Laniidae
Laniidae
Meropidae
Meropidae
20
Dicrurus
paradiseus
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
Eudynamys
scolopaceus*
Francolinus
pondicerianus*
Galerida
cristata*
Gallinula
chloropus
Grus antigone*
Halcyon
smyrnensis*
Himantopus
himantopus
Hirundo
rustica*
Lanius
excubitor*
Lanius vittatus*
Merops
orientalis*
Merops
philippinus
35
Motacilla alba*
36
Motacilla
capsica
37
Motacilla flava
38
39
Common
Moorhen
Sarus Crane
White
Breasted
Kingfisher
Black
Winged Stilt
Common
Swallow
Grey Shrike
Bay Backed
Shrike
Small Green
Bee Eater
Blue Tailed
Bee Eater
White
Wagtail
Motacillidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Grey Wagtail
Motacillidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Yellow
Wagtail
Motacillidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Nycticorax
nycticorax
Night Heron
Ardeidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Oriolus
xanthornus
Black
Headed
Oriole
Oriolidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
239
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
Passer
domesticus*
Phalacrocorax
niger
Picoides
mahrattensis
Ploceus
philippinus
Pseudibis
papillosa*
Psittacula
cyanocephala
Psittacula
krameri*
Pterocles
exustus
Pycnonotus
cafer*
Pycnonotus
luteolus
Sarkidiornis
melanotos
Saxicoloides
fulicatus*
Streptopelia
chinensis*
Sturnus
pagodarum*
54
Sturnus roseus
55
Tadorna
ferruginea
56
Terpsiphone
paradisi
57
58
59
60
Treron
phoenicoptera
Turdoides
caudate*
Turdoides
striata*
Upupa epops*
House
Sparrow
Little
Cormorant
Pied
Woodpecker
Passeridae
Phalacrocoracid
Schedule IV
ae
Least Concern
Picidae
Schedule IV
Not enlisted
Baya Weaver
Ploceidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Black Ibis
Threskiornithi
dae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Psittaculidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Psittaculidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Pteroclididae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Pycnonotidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Pycnonotidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Comb Duck
Anatidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Indian Robin
Muscicapidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Spotted Dove
Columbidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Sturnidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Sturnidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Anatidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Monarchidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Columbidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Timaliidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Timaliidae
Schedule IV
Least Concern
Upupidae
Plum-headed
Parakeet
Rose Ringed
Parakeet
Common
Sandgrouse
Red Vented
Bulbul
White
Checked
Bulbul
Brahminy
myna
Rosy
Starling
Brahminy
Duck
Asian
Paradise
Flycatcher
Common
Green Pigeon
Common
Babbler
Jungle
Babbler
Hoopoe
240
10.
(a)
Details of mineral reserves (as per approved Mining Plan)
Quantity (in tonnes)
Proved
8870745.6
(b)
Probable
(c)
Inferred
(d)
Mineable reserves
11.
--8870745.6
Major geological formation / disturbances in the mining lease area
(a)
Geological maps submitted
Yes

No
(b)
Geological sections submitted
Yes

No
(c)
Contour map submitted
Yes

No
(d) Whether the presence, if any, noted of
[
(e)
12.
(i)
Faults
Yes
No

(ii)
Dykes
Yes
No

(iii)
(iv)
Shear Zone
Folds
Yes
Yes
No
No

(v)
Other weak zones
Yes
Source of data (Indicate)
No

By 1) Survey & Field works
2) Approved Mining plan
Production of mineral(s) and life of mine
(a)
Rated capacity of mine mineral wise (Tonnes / annum)
(b)
Life of mine at proposed capacity (Years)
(c)
Lease period (Years)
(d)
Date of expiry of lease (D /M /Y)
(e)
Indicate in case of existing mines
(i)

11, 20,000 tones/annum
-5 years
--
Date of opening of mine
241
(ii)
Production in the last 5 years
year from year….. to year…...
in million tonnes.
1st year
NA (Fresh area)
(iii)Projected production for the next
5 years from year 2013-14 to year 2017-18
in million tonnes.
Name of River
First year
Saraswati River Block No. I
Sagarmati River Block No. II
Total
Second year
Total
Third Year
Total
Fourth Year
Total
Fifth Year
Whether plans & sections provided?
NA (Fresh area)
Proposed
11, 20,000
Production
555206.4
565152
1120358
658080
462528
1120608
777216
343440
1120656
717043.2
403056
1120099
690508.8
430272
1120781
(iv)
Whether mining was suspended after
opening of the mine?
If yes, details there of including last production
figure and reason for the same.
(f)
5th
Yes
Yes
No


No
242
13.
Type and method of mining operations
TYPE
Opencast
14.
METHOD
Manual

Underground
Semi-mechanized
Both
Mechanized

Details of ancillary operations for mineral processing
There is no proposal of mineral processing for sand.
15.
Mine details
(a)
Opencast mine
(i)
Stripping ratio (mineral in tonnes to over burden in m3)
(ii)
Ultimate working depth (in m bgl)
(iii)
Indicate present working depth in case of
existing mine (in m bgl)
(iv)
Thickness of top soil (in m.)



(v)
3.0 m
--
--
Minimum
Maximum
Average
---
Thickness of overburden (in m.)



(vi)
--
--
Minimum
Maximum
Average
---
Mining Plan

Height and width of the bench in
overburden / waste.
--

Height & width of the bench in ore body /
coal seam.
--
243

Proposed inclination / slope of the sides of the
opencast mine (separately for overburden, coal /
ore and overall slope of the pit sides) both while
operating the mine as well as at the time of
closure of the mine.
--

(vii)
Whether transverse sections across the
Yes √
No
opencast mine at the end of fifth year and at
the end of the life of the mine have been submitted?
Type of blasting, if any, to be adopted.
Blasting is not proposed.
(b)
Underground mine
-
Not Applicable
(i)
Seam / Ore body Min. Depth (m) Max. Depth (m) Avg. thickness (m)
Rate of dip
Direction of dip
in degree
(ii)
Mode of entry into the mine NA
(iii)
Details of machinery NA
(iv)
Method of stopping (metalliferrous mines) NA
(v)
Extraction method –N/A
(vi)
Subsidence-N/A
16.
Surface drainage pattern at mine site (Fig - 3.4)
(a)
Whether the pre-mining surface drainage plan Yes
No
√
submitted?
(b)
Do you propose any modification/diversion Yes
No
√
in the existing natural drainage pattern at any
stage? If yes, when. Provide location
map indicating contours,
dimensions of
water body to be diverted, direction of flow of water and
proposed route /
changes, if any i.e. realignment of river / nallah / any
other water body falling
within core zone and its impact.
17.
Embankment and / or weir construction – N/A
244
18.
Vehicular traffic density (outside the ML area)
Type of vehicles
(a)
Existing
(b)
After the proposed activity
No. of vehicles per day
H.M.V./ L.M.V./2-3
wheeler
869
364
Dumpers
[
(c)
Whether the existing road
Yes
network is adequate?
If no, provide details of alternative
proposal?
No

19.
Loading, transportation and unloading of mineral and waste rocks on
surface:
(a)
Manual
Yes
(b)
Tubs, mine cars, etc.
Yes
(c)
]
(d)
Scraper, shovels, dumpers / trucks.Yes
(e)
Others (specify).
20.
Mineral (s) transportation outside the ML area
Conveyors (belt, chain, etc.)
Road
(b)
Rail
(c)
Conveyors
(d)
Rope way
(e)
Water ways
(f)
Pipeline
(g)
Others (Specify)
Total
No

Yes

No
No

Dumpers
Qty. (in TPD)
(a)
No

Percentage (%) Length (in km)
4000
100
4000
100
245
21.
Baseline Meteorological and Air Quality data – EIA & EMP Report enclosed
(a)
Micro-meteorological data – In study area
[Continuous monitoring through autographic instrument for one full season other than monsoon]
(i)
Wind rose pattern for one full season (16 points of compass i.e. N, NNE, NE, ---) based on 24-hourly
data. For coastal area also furnish day-time and night time data.
Wind rose diagram is given in Fig – 3.5, of EIA/EMP report)
(ii)
Site specific monitored data
Month
Wind Speed (kmph)
8:30 hrs.
17:30 hrs.
Max.
Min. Max.
Min.
Temperature (oC) Relative Humidity (%) Rain Fall * (mm)
Highest
Lowest
Highest
Lowest
Total
Dec.‘13
12
04
10
04
29.4
4.8
97
15
--
Jan ‘14
22
04
10
04
26.9
3.0
99
22
13.6
Feb ‘14
18
04
20
04
28.6
7.6
99
18
17.4
*
24-hour’s rainfall should be reported from 08:30 hrs. IST of previous day to 08:30 hrs. IST of the day.
*
Rainy day is considered when 24 hrs. rainfall is  2.5 mm.
**
Visual observations of cloud cover should be recorded four times a day at regular intervals.
(iii)
Indicate name and distance of the nearest IMD meteorological station from which climatological data
have been obtained for reporting in the EIA report, if any. - (Jaipur).
246
(b)
Ambient air quality data* (PM2.5, PM10, SO2, and NOx)
[*Monitoring should be carried out covering one full season except monsoon – same season as in 21 (a) (i)]
[*Frequency of sampling: Sampling to be done twice a week for the entire season 24 hourly for PM 10. For gaseous pollutants 24hourly data be given irrespective of the sampling period. ]
(i) Season and period for which monitoring has been carried out – winter (Dec ’13, Jan ‘14, Feb ’14)
(ii) No. of samples collected at each monitoring station -24
Name of monitoring equipment used
PM10
PM2.5
SO2
Nox
Pb**
High volume
--
High volume
High volume
--
100
60
80
80
100
60
80
80
100
60
80
80
Equipment sensitivity
Permissible AAQ standard (CPCB)
R
I
Monitoring
Location
Core Zone, Block
– I,
Govindgarh
Village
No. of
Samples
Drawn
S
Categor
y*
(R, I, S)
Min.
Max.
98%
tile
Min.
Max.
98%
Min.
Max.
98%
tile
Min.
Max.
98%
tile
24
Mining
63.42
94.14
92.26
20.1
31.99
31.35
BDL
4.08
4.00
4.26
7.94
7.78
Nil
24
R
66.38
93.04
91.18
21.76
30.66
30.05
5.26
7.76
7.60
5.72
9.26
9.07
Nil
Leswa Village
24
R
58.71
86.42
84.69
19.89
28.79
28.21
3.62
5.62
5.51
3.88
7.72
7.57
Nil
Jaswantpura
Village
24
R
57.44
87.32
85.57
20.08
28.74
28.17
4.26
7.38
7.23
4.12
8.28
8.11
Nil
Gujron Ki Dhani
24
R
52.44
82.42
80.77
17.40
27.53
26.98
BDL
4.88
4.78
3.96
6.98
6.84
Nil
Core zone – Block
– II,
24
Mining
58.04
91.46
89.63
19.24
30.65
30.04
BDL
4.32
4.23
3.74
7.54
7.39
Nil
247
500m D/W
direction
Budhwara Village
Bhanwata Village
Lalikhera Village
Pisangan
*R = Residential;
24
--
62.15
24
R
62.04
24
R
58.16
24
R
57.84
24
R
64.88
I = Industrial; S = Sensitive
92.42
90.57
19.79
30.42
29.81
BDL
4.34
4.25
4.50
8.10
7.94
Nil
86.74
84.19
88.46
94.08
85.01
82.51
86.69
92.20
19.3
18.83
19.19
20.84
28.74
27.63
28.6
31.35
28.17
27.08
28.03
30.72
BDL
4.06
BDL
5.28
4.46
5.76
4.58
8.46
4.37
5.64
4.49
8.29
3.58
4.52
3.78
5.94
7.44
8.02
7.84
9.84
7.29
7.86
7.68
9.64
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
**Pb for mineral specific sites only. # Annex a location map indicating location of AAQ stations, their direction and distance with respect to
project site. (Fig – 3.6, of EIA/EMP report)
22.
23.
24.
(a)
(b)
Stack and emission details, if any* - Not Applicable
Details of fugitive emissions during mining operations* -Not Applicable
Air Quality Impact Prediction (AQIP)*:
Details of model(s) used for AQIP including grid size, terrain features, and input meteorological data
Maximum incremental GLC values of pollutants based on prediction exercise
(in μg/m3)
S. No.
Pollutants
Core zone, Block No. I
PM10
1.
2**.
SO2
3**.
NOX
Core zone, Block No. II
PM10
1.
2**.
SO2
3**.
NOX
Incremental Value
Ambient Air Quality
Resultant Air Quality
0.28
94.14
91.42
---
---
---
0.10
91.46
91.56
---
---
---
[* Question Number 22, 23 & 24 need not be filled-in for mines having ML area of 25 ha. or less.]
[**Information on item no. 2 & 3 to be provided in cases with captive power generation of 500 KVA and above]
248
25.
Water requirement (m3/day)
Purpose
Avg. Demand
Peak Demand
1. Mine operation
Nil
Nil
2. Land reclamation
Nil
Nil
3. Dust suppression
7.00
7.00
4. Drinking
7.00
7.00
5. Green Belt
6.00
6.00
6. Beneficiation
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
1. Green Belt
Nil
Nil
2. Domestic
Nil
Nil
3. Other (specify)
Nil
Nil
20.00
20.0
A. Mine site
7. Washeries
8. Fire Service
9. Others (specify)
B. Township
Total
26.
Source of water supply*
S. No.
Source
m3/day
1
River (name)
Nil
2
Ground water
Nil
3
Mine water (sump / pit)
Nil
4
Dug Well
20.0
[*Annex a copy of sanction letter / permission from the concerned authority (Central
Ground Water Authority in case of ground water abstraction is from notified area /
State Ground Water Board in case of non-notified area / State Irrigation Department
for surface water pumping) for drawing water.]
249
27.
Lean season flow in case of pumping from river / nalla (cumecs)
NOT APPLICABLE
28.
Ground water potential of the study area
28.1. Ground water availability (source State Ground water Deptt.)
(a)
Range of water table (m bgl)
(i)
(ii)
(b)
Pre-monsoon (April/May)

Core Zone
25 m

Buffer zone
25 m
Post-monsoon (November)

Core Zone
20 m

Buffer zone
20 m
Total annual replenishable recharge (million m3/ year)

By ground water table fluctuation method

By rainfall infiltration factor method
(c)
Annual draft excluding estimated draft through
mine discharge (million m3/ year)
(d)
Estimated draft through mine discharge (million m3/ year)
(e)
Net annual ground water availability (million m3/ year)
(f)
Stage of ground water development in %
392.38
--122.79
28.2. Water demand - Competing users of the water source
S.
No.
Usage
1
2
3
4
5
Domestic
Plantation
Industry
Mining
Dust
Suppression
Sanitation &
Drinking
Total
6
29.
Present Consumption
(m3/day)
Additional proposed
as per local plan
(m3/day)
Surface
Ground
-----------
Surface
------
Ground
-6.00
--7.00
--
7.00
--
--
20.00
--
Total
(m3/day)
Surface
------
Ground
-6.00
--7.00
--
--
7.00
--
--
20.00
Water quality*
(a) Annex physico-chemical analysis of water at intake (Ground Water) point**
250
ANALYSIS RESULTS OF GROUND WATER
S.
No.
Parameter
1
pH value
2
Color
3
Turbidity
4
Odour
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Govindgarh
Jaswanpura
Budhwara
Pisangan
Brijpura
Garhi
Kalesara
Hazen
GW1
7.93
GW2
7.3
GW3
7.44
GW4
7.67
GW5
7.31
GW6
7.51
GW7
7.48
--
<5.0
<5.0
<5.0
<5.0
<5.0
<5.0
<5.0
NTU
0.6
6.5
3.9
0.4
0.1
0.1
0.4
--
Agrreable
Agrreable
Agrreable
242.4
588.94
177.76
592.08
259.52
193.92
165.64
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.06
0.03
0.05
0.06
284.91
256.92
89.97
134.95
134.95
31.99
94.97
104.62
170.28
95.97
288.34
167.45
97.1
97.78
983.54
1279.5
495.01
720.98
397.95
558.2
681.2
1520
1970
760
1110
620
860
1051.25
70
280
60
290
80
85
85
29.73
44.89
15
43.15
0.41
43.61
20.58
Unit
Total
Hardness (as
CaCO3)
Iron (as Fe)
mg/l
Chlorides (as
Cl)
Sulphate (So4)
mg/l
Dissolved
solids
Electrical
Conductivity
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
µS/cm
Agrreable Agrreable Agrreable Agrreable
mg/l
mg/l
13
Alkalinity
Nitrate (as
NO3)
Fluoride (as F)
mg/l
0.53
0.36
0.49
0.56
0.32
0.41
0.58
14
Cynide (as
mg/l
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
12
251
15
16
17
CN)
Copper (as Cu)
mg/l
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
Zinc (as Zn)
Lead (as Pb)
mg/l
mg/l
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
BDL
22
Phenolic
mg/l
Compounds
(as C6H5OH)
Cadmium (as
mg/l
Cd)
Total Arsenic
mg/l
(as As)
Chromium (as
mg/l
Cr)
Coliforms
MPN/100ml
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
23
E.Coli/100ml
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
18
19
20
21
--
252
(b)
In case of existing mine, annex report on quality of water discharge
i.e. complete physico - chemical analysis**
[*For non-discharging mines at least four ground water samples to be taken preferably
from downstream direction of the mine in pre-monsoon and post-monsoon periods and
analysed. For discharging mines six samples are to be analysed]
**All parameters as per BIS 10500. Indicate name of Methodology, Equipment used for
analysis, and Detection Level (DL) for each parameter.
*** Wherever any analytical parameter is below detection level, “BDL” (Below Detection
Level) should be written instead of ‘NIL’.
30.
Impact on ground water regime / stream / lake / springs due to mine
dewatering *- Not Applicable
[* Provide a comprehensive hydro-geological assessment report if the average mine
dewatering is more than 100 m3/day and or going below water table in non-monsoon
period. The report should be based on preferably latest one year pre-monsoon and postmonsoon baseline data covering information on ground water situation, aquifer
characteristics, water level conditions (April – May and November), estimate of ground
water resources, predicted impact of the project on ground water regime and detailed
remedial / conservation measures such as artificial recharge of ground water etc. The
report should be based on actual field inventory out of existing wells, at least 30
observation wells in the buffer zone with supplementary information from secondary
sources (mention name). For estimation** of ground water resource (refer question no. 28
above) be designated study area of the buffer zone may be sub-divided into command and
non-command areas, watershed-wise (in case of hard rock / consolidated formations) /
block-wise / mandal-wise in case of alluvial / unconsolidated formations)]
[**For estimating ground water resources in the area follow the Ground Water Estimation
Committee recommendations of 1997]
31.
Waste Water Management
Mine -
(a)
Daily average discharge (m3/day) from different sources
(i)
Mine water discharge during

Lean period
Nil

Monsoon period
Nil
253
(ii)
Workshop
Nil
(b)
Waste water treatment plant; flow
sheet for treatment process attached.
Yes
No

(c)
Quantity of water recycled / reused / - NA
to be recycled in
(i)
(ii)
Percentage m3 /day -
(d)
Point of final discharge
(e)
Users of discharge water
(i)
Human
(ii)
Livestock
(iii)
Irrigation
(iv)
Industry
(v)
Others (specify)
- NA
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
(f)
Details of the river / nalla, if final effluent is / will be discharged
(cumecs) NA
Township Not Applicable
32.
Attach water balance statement in the form of a flow diagram
indicating source (s), consumption (Section-wise) and output.
SCHEMATIC WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM
TOTAL WATER REQUIREMENT
20.0 KLD
Dug well
Dust supper.
7.0 KLD
Sanitation &
Drinking 7.0 KLD
Plantation
6.0 KLD
0.5 m3 / day
No outflow
Septic tank- Soak Pit
No outflow
254
33.
Ambient noise level leq dB (A)
S. No
34.
Result
Location
Day
Night
1
51.2
39.6
2
Govindgarh Village
50.4
40.0
3
Leswa Village
49.5
39.4
4
Jaswantpura Village
50.6
41.8
5
Gujron Ki Dhani
49.8
40.1
6
50.7
39.8
7
500m D/W direction
51.1
38.7
8
Budhwara Village
49.2
40.4
9
Bhanwata Village
50.4
43.3
10
Lalikhera Village
49.6
39.7
11
Pisangan
51.5
40.9
Solid Waste
(a) Top soil and Solid waste quantity and quality
Name
(Lump/fines/slurry/
Sludge/others)
Composition
Quantity
(Cum./year)
Method of disposal
Mining activity*
a. Top Soil
--b.
Over
--burden/side
b
urden
--c. Others (specify)
Effluent Treatment
Nil
Nil
Plant (sludge)
Total
Nil
Nil
[* Annex layout plan indicating the dump sites.] –
(b)
(i)
Does waste (s) contain any
hazardous/toxic substance/
radioactive materials or
heavy metals?
--
Nil
Nil
Yes
No
√
activ
activ
ity*
ity*
Yes a.
No a.√
activ
a.
Top
Top
ity*
Top
Soil
Soil
Soil
a.
b.
b.
Top
b.
RiverOver
Bed Mining of Ordinary
OverSand (Bajri)
Soil
Over
burd
burd
burd
b.
en
en
en
Over
c.
c.
burd
c.
Othe
Othe
en
Othe
rs
rs
[
(ii)
If yes, whether details and
precautionary measures
provided?
[
[
[
[
[
[
255
[
[
[
[
[
(c)
Recovery and recycling possibilities. - No
(d)
(e)
Possible user(s) of the solid waste.
(i)
Is the solid waste suitable for
backfilling?
(ii)
Yes
If yes, when do you propose
to start backfilling.
No
√
a.
To
p
So m3)
(in million
% of A & Bilto be
backfilled
b.
A
Ov B
-er --bu -rd
en
c.
Ot
he
rs
(sp
eci
fy)
activ
ity*
a.
Top
Solid waste (s)
Already
To be generated
accumulated
(B) Soil
(A)
b.
Over burden
--Over
Others (specify)
--- burd
en
c.
Land reclamation Plan – Not Attached.
Othe
In case waste is to be dumped on the ground, rsindicate
(spe
cify)
(i)
Associated environmental problems - No
[
[
[
[
(f)
(ii)
Number & type of waste dumps
(iii)
35.
[

No. of dumps
-

Max. projected height of dumps (in m)
-

No. of terraces and height of each stage

Overall slope of the dump (degree)

Proposed reclamation measures:
-
Plantations
Section of the waste dump in relation
to the adjacent ground profile attached.Yes
No
√
Fuel / Energy requirements*[*To be furnished for mines having ML area more than 25 ha. or captive power generation of 500 KVA
and above]
(a)
Total power requirement
S. No.
1
2
Present
Proposed /
additional
Total
(in MW)
Mine Site
Township
Others (specify)
Total
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
256
(b)
Source of power (in MW)
S. No.
SEB/Grid*
Captive power plant
DG Sets
1
2
Present
--Proposed
--Total
-[* Annex a copy of the sanction letter from the concerned authority] - NA
(c)
Details of fuels
S.No.
36.
Fuel
1
HSD
2
LSHS
3
Other
(specify)
Daily Consumption
(Lit/Day)
Existing
Proposed
8000
Calorific
value
(Kcals/kg)
-
% Ash
% Sulphur
-
-
Storage of inflammable / explosive materials*
S. No.
1
2
37.
----
Name
Number of
Storages
Consumption
Maximum Quantity at
anypoint of time
-
-
-
Fuels
Explosives
Human Settlement
Particulars
Population*
No. of villages
Number of
households villagewise
Core Zone
Nil
Nil
Nil
Buffer Zone
113381
53
21281
[*As per 2011 census record or actual survey]
38.
Rehabilitation & Resettlement (R&R) Plan*
[*Provide a comprehensive rehabilitation plan, if more than 1000 people are likely to be
displaced, other-wise a summary plan]
(a)
Villages falling within the study area
Number
Core zone
500 m from the blasting site (s)
Buffer zone
Township site
Nil
Nil
53
Nil
Villages
Name
Nil
Nil
List & Map attached.
Nil
257
(b)
Details of village(s) in the core zone - Nil
S.
No.
Village name
Population*
Tribal
Others
Average Annual
Income
[*As per 2011 census / actual survey]
(c)
Population to be displaced and / or Land oustees - Nil
Name of village(s)
falling within
Mining lease
(d)
Number of oustees
Land (only)
Nil
Homestead (only)
Nil
Land and Homestead (both)
Nil
Whether R&R package has been finalised? –
If yes, salient features of R&R plan for oustees.
Not Applicable
(i)
Site details where the people are proposed to be resettled &
facilities existing / to be created.
(ii)
Funds earmarked for compensation package.
(iii)
Agency /Authority responsible for their resettlement.
(iv) Time of commencement of resettlement of Project Affected People
(PAP).
(v)
Period by which resettlement of PAP will be over.
39.
Lease -wise plantation details
(a)
Applied Lease area (in ha.)– 163.4503 hect. Existing mine
New mine
(i)
Area broken up
--
Nil
(ii)
To be broken up
--
118.0
(iii)
Area not to be broken-up
--
20.0903
--
--
(b)
Township area (in ha.)
(c)
Area afforested and proposed (in ha.)
Peripheral Dumps
Existing
--Proposed
25.00
-Applicant – Shri Arjun Singh
Roads
---
Township Others
------
258
(d)
No. and type of trees planted and proposed
(i)
Existing – Nil

(i)
When plantation was started? Month / Year
--
Proposed – 1000 plants / ha.
Species to be planted:
S.
N.
Scientific Name
Common Name
Family
1. Acacia catechu
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Khair
Mimoseae
Albizia chinensis
Siris
Mimoseae
Albizia moluccana
Subabul
Mimoseae
Azadirachta indica
Neem
Meliaceae
Citrus aurantium
Nebu
Rutaceae
Ficus benghalensis
Bargad
Moraceae
Ficus religiosa
Pipal
Moraceae
Lawsonia inermis
Mehandi
Lythraceae
Madhuca longifolia
Mahwa
Sapotaceae
Nerium indicum
Kaner
Apocynaceae
Terminalia arjuna
Arjuna
Combretaceae
Thevetia peruviana
pila kanher
Apocynaceae
Zizyphus mauritiana
Ber
Rhamnaceae
In addition, forest officials will be consulted for other suitable species.
40. Environmental health and safety
(a)
What major health and safety hazards are anticipated? –
Inhalation
of
dust,
generated
due
to
reclaiming,
handling
and
transportation of sand.
(b)
What provisions have been made / proposed to be made to conform
to health and safety requirements? – Dust mask, noise- ear plugs,
mufflers, safety shoes, helmets, hand gloves & all necessary medical
facilities provided & medical camp conduct periodically.
(c)
In case of an existing mine- Not Applicable
(i)
Comprehensive report on health status
of the workers as under the Mines Act annexed.
Yes
No
(ii) Mineralogical composition of RPM (dust)
259

Free silica – Attached as Annexure - VIII

Chromium* (Total as well as Hexavalent)

Lead**
[* Only for Chromite mines]
[**Only for Base Metal mines]
(d) Information on radiation protection measures, if applicable.
41.
Environmental Management Plan
Salient features of environmental protection measures
S. No.
Environmental issues*
Already practiced, if
applicable
--
1
Air pollution
2
3.
4.
Water pollution
Water conservation
Noise pollution
----
5.
6.
Solid waste / Tailings
Land degradation
---
7.
Erosion & Sediment
8.
Top soil
9.
Ground vibration
10.
Wildlife conservation
11.
Forest protection
12.
Others (specify)
[* As applicable]
-------
Proposed
Dust mask, Water spraying,
Plantation
No waste water is generated.
Not required
Ear plugs / muffs, Proper
maintenance
of
vehicles,
machinery, Plantation.
No waste will be generated.
Sand will be collected from river
bed up to a depth of 3 mtr which
will be replenished during the
monsoon season.
Not required.
Top soil will not be generated
Not required
Not required.
Not required.
No
42.
Compliance with environmental safeguards (For existing units) – NA
(a)
Status of the compliance of conditions of
Environmental clearance issued by MoEF,
if any, enclosed.
(b)
(c)
Yes
No
Status of the compliance of ‘Consent to
Operate’ issued by SPCB, if any, enclosed.
Yes
No
Latest 'environmental statement' enclosed.
Yes
No
260
43. Scoping of EIA
Whether environmental impact assessment
of the project has been carried out by
following scoping process?
If yes, a copy of scoping of EIA annexed
Yes
No
√
Yes
No
√
44.
Mine closure
(a)
Have you planned mine closure?
Yes
No
√
(b)
Submitted a conceptual mine
closure plan.
Yes
No
√
(c)
If yes, indicate estimated amount for
implementing the same (in Rs. lakhs)
45.
Capital cost of the project (in Rs. Lakh)
(Based on latest estimate)
46.
Cost of environmental protection measures
S.
No.
1
2
3
4
47.
Prticulars
Pollution Control
Pollution Monitoring
Green Belt
Occupational Health
Total
-66.0 /-
Capital cost
Existing
Proposed
-5.00
-5.00
-5.00
-3.00
-18.00
(in Rs. Lakh)
Annual recurring cost
Existing
Proposed
-1.00
-1.00
-2.00
-1.00
5.00
--
Amount earmarked for socio-economic welfare measures for the nearby
villages other than R&R plans.
Rs. (in Lacs)
Particulars
Education
Health
Activity
Distribution of school bags &
stationery items to school children.
Distribution of books in school.
Renovation of school building.
Distribution of sports goods among
school children.
Books/ Chemicals/ Sports kits to
school
library/
laboratory/
sports
department
General health camp for nearby
villagers.
Capital
Cost
Recurring
Cost
3.0
0.6
3.0
1.0
261
-
Eye checkup camp.
Distribution of medicines free of cost.
Infrastructure Renovation of nearby community
development
hall, school buildings, Anganbari center.
. Construction of washroom in nearby
villages.
Drinking
- Support for supply of drinking water.
water & other Awareness programmes for villagers.
facilities
Total
48.
Public Hearing
(a)
Date of Advertisement
(b)
Newspapers in which the advertisement appeared
(c)
Date of public hearing (DD/MM/YYYY)
(d)
(e)
Public Hearing Panel chaired by & members present - 2
No. of people attended the public hearing meeting
and number of people from the applied lease area.
(f)
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.4
10.0
4.0
14.08.2014
Hindustan Times & Rajasthan Patrika
17.09.2014
66
--
Summary/details of public hearing in tabular form.
Issues raised by the Public
15.
Shri Prakash Kumawat,
Ward Punch, village Govindgarh
told that, at present mines are
running, but no money has been
spent over the project by the project
proponents. He affirmed that
Govindgarh
Gram
Panchayat
people should be allowed to keep
Bajri royalty-free and also stated
that the Gram Panchayat has no
knowledge regarding the lease area.
He proposed that the revenue from
the lease should be brought for
development of the village. He
further stated that the farmers
have received the NOC from the
panchayat for the water of the well,
which flows from the lease area to
the agricultural land through
Response/
Commitment of
Project
Proponents
Environment
management fund
is submitted to
the Govt. which is
proposed for the
development
of
the village. For
the development
of Panchayat 2%
of royalty will be
spent under the
District Council.
He told that as
per the mining
rules no mining
can be done in the
range
of
45m
distance from the
wells. Plantation
Action Plan
Fund
Allotment
(in Rs.
Lacs)
Constructions of washrooms and
other infrastructural development
in nearby villages.
The removal/ collection of Bajri
will be done as per approved
mining plan.
2.0
262
pipelines. He also asked to clarify
the practices undertaken in the
lease area for the mining operation.
16.
Shri Satyanarayan Yadav,
village Govindgarh asked whether
the mining area is free from grazing
land or not? He also asked whether
the cutting of the plantations in the
area will be done according to the
Contractor or the villagers. What is
the solution for the negative effects
of mining on water of the wells? He
also apprised about the violation of
rules during the transportation of
Bajri and made everyone realize
about the misbehaviour of the
lessee with the villagers. He asked
about the distance between the
mining areas to the wells. Finally
he objected the mining and denied
for the lease to be granted for Bajri.
17.
Shri Jitendra Vyas villager
of Govindgarh asked whether
reserve of the Bajri is kept or not
for the villagers to be used in
future?
18.
Shri Surajkaran, villager of
Budhwara enquired whether the
mining can be done in the
catchment area of river or not? He
stated that NOC for the lease grant
should also be received from the
Gram Panchayat. He mentioned
that the development amount must
also be given to Gram panchayat.
19.
Shri Om Prakash, Press
reporter, Pisangan told that the
Technical consultant says that
there is no forest area in the lease
area but actually it is not so. He
stated that Mining is carried out
with machineries not manually. He
told that this area falls under the
Dark zone since last 8 years, thus
doubted the possibility of upcoming
will be done in the
public
places
according to the
acceptance of the
Panchayat.
The
mining lease has
not been granted
for the whole river
area, mining will
be done only in
some
selected
Khasra.
About 5000 sapling per year will
be planted along the lease
No grazing land is
involved in this
proposed project.
2.0
Mining will be
done
as
per
approved mining
plan.
Proposed lease is
for 5 Years only.
Balance reserves
will still be left at
the end of lease
period
Mining will be
confined in the
allotted lease area
only. NOC is not
required
from
Gram Panchayat
as per rules.
Mining will be carried out as per
approved mining plan.
During the course of the flow of
the river in the rainy season,
Bajri will get deposited.
approved mining plan. Area is
allotted by the Govt. hence, NOC
is from Gram Panchayat is not
required.
--
--
No forest land is involved in this
project.
All measures will
be taken as per
EMP/MP after the
lease is granted.
approved mining plan.
--
Local people will be employed
from nearby villages.
263
heavy rainfall sufficient enough for
replacement and recharge of the
sand. The lease area is under M/s.
Arjun Singh, and till date he has
not made any efforts for the
betterment of the village, no
plantation has been done, no
sprinkling of water and no
measures have been adopted for
controlling the pollution. Besides
this many plants were cut in the
last six months by the Lessee.
Apart from this the statutory
barrier of Sagarmati River has been
destroyed by the Lessee. He asked
about the belongings of the 857
labours presented to be employed.
20.
Shri
Jagpal
Singh
This work of laying pipelines from
Shaktavat, Additional Sarpunch of
well is under the PHED and is
Govindgarh said that only one
carried out accordingly with
-pipeline should be installed for one
consultations of Gram Panchayat/
well and the farmers must be
Local authorities.
acquainted with the land they own.
21.
Shri Sharvan Singh Rawat,
No grazing land is involved in this
Village Akhepura, told that the
project.
Grazing land available where the
-animals graze in Akhepura should
not be granted the lease, so that no
problems are created in future.
Annexure – G, Written Comments is recived from Om Prakash, Press Reporter, Pisangan, Ajmer
11.
With the help of Japan
The plants have not been cut by
Govt. about 44,000 plants were
us as the lease is still to be
planted in lease area during 1995allotted in our favour, only LOI
96 near the Sagarmati River, near
has been given.
--village Nuriyawas, for the control of
erosion under the Social forestry
plan. The plants are being cut for
the mining purpose.
12.
Government has declared
Mean annual rainfall (1987-2006)
Pisangan under the dark zone area
of the district is 453.2 mm
due to the deficiency of rainfall and
whereas normal rainfall (1901-70)
low water table in this area. Then
is lower than average rainfall and
how the mining department is
placed at 433.8. About 0.8 to 1
granting the lease considering the
-meter of Bajri will be deposited
-place under “general to high
annually. No ground water table
rainfall” If the rain would have
will be intersected during mining
been
normal
then
Pisangan
operations.
shouldn’t have ever been declared
in the Dark Zone.
13.
The former contractor was
These plants did not cut by us.
Shri Arjun Singh only. While
Pisangan Tehsildar & Mining
Engineer have reported to the
--Government about the trees being
cut in the lease area in Khasra no.
864, Nuriyawas village. The rules
264
are not being followed by the
contractor, so why no action has not
been taken so far?
14.
Till date Government has
spent rupees 23, 87, 876.51 for the
surface barrier in the grazing land
of Pisangn area without allocation.
The Contractor has fully abolished
and misused the money in the sand
mining. Why the administration is
not active until now?
15.
The Govindgarh dam has
been
constructed
under
the
Govindgarh
Dam
Project
at
Pisangan
tehsil,
within
the
Catchment area of Sagarmati
River. What is reason for not
accepting the order of Supreme
Court to restore the situation as it
was before the mid-night of
15.08.1947?
--
--
--
--
--
--
9.
At the site (Khasra No. 864)
in the lease area one pit exists
measuring 79mt x 45m. Its
Latitude and Longitude is N
26°22’04.3” to 74°37’20.6”.
10.
Mining has been done in
one pit 3 m below the surface by the
Contractor. On site the pit was
found closed.
11.
Backfilling has not been
done in the pits after the excavation
by the contractor. Villagers told
that there can be loss of life and
animals due to filling of water,
which is right as per the inspection.
At site, this pit is old
-At site, this pit is old; Mining will
be carried out as per approved
mining plan & depth of mining
will be 3 meter only.
Backfilling is not proposed in this
proposed project. Because the
main purpose of the proposed
project is removal/ collection of
sand. Natural replenishment will
take place during the monsoon
season.
These plants are not cut by us.
About 5000 sapling per year will
be planted along the lease
12.
Many plants have been cut
near the pit area and some plants
are in the damaged conditions
about to fall.
Total
NOTE: - Copy of minutes of Public Hearing in Hindi and English are enclosed.
--
--
4.0
265
49.
Whether the following approvals*
(Wherever applicable) have been obtained?
A.
Site clearance from MOEF –
Not Required
B.
Consent for Establishment from the
State Pollution Control Board
Not Required
C.
NOC from Atomic Energy Division –
Not Required
D.
E.
Letter of mining scheme/Plan Approved from IBM/DMG
V)
Forestry clearance under FCA, 1980
Not Required
F.
NOC from Chief Controller of Explosive
Not Applicable
G.
Commitment regarding availability of
Water and power from the concerned
State Authorities
Not Required
H.
Yes (Annexure No.
In case of ML area falling in notified areas
of the CGWA, NOC from them
Not Required
* (Annex copies)
50. Was/ is there any court case relating to the project or related activities
if so, provide details present status No
266
267
268
269

environmental management plan applicant eia consultant

Transcription

Similar documents

Events - PDAC Mining Matters Diamond in the Rough Golf Classic

NBI Complaint vs Tallado PDF 13 - Sagip

MINING AND INNOVATION A FRESH APPROACH 3DS – Las Vegas – 11

One Page Brief Summary Of Bega Sand Unit (54.55ha) at Sonipat

Aley Niobium Project

Rehabilitation of mining areas in Durango, Mexico

CSC411- Machine Learning and Data Mining Tutorial 1 – Jan 19 , 2007

IN REVENUES - SNC

Field Trip to Toveco Mining, Tripp and Clark Mines in New